Monday, October 5. 2015
First, CLICK THIS in order to read Brian Phillips' masterful Out in the Great Alone. (Some cursing makes its way into the final piece; if you're sensitive to language, please glide over those parts quickly.)
Next, head to your main Google Classroom folder and do the following: Films, Episodes, and Short Pieces --> The Visitor: A Reflection, by Zack Handlen. It's a brilliant example of an Ad Judicium for this episode - which you'll be writing eventually.
Finally, please read this week's entry, as posted here: Are We Really Happy With Who We Are Right Now? (Please wait to read it until after finishing the Star Trek: Deep Space Nine episode "The Visitor." If you're in SFHP, please finish Chapter 10 of Siddhartha before reading.)
This post is due to both Turnitin.com and the blog itself. Please submit your work to both sites no later than 11:59pm on Thursday, October 8th.
You are responsible for the following:
+ One main response, with a minimum length of three (3) seven-sentence paragraphs. You should only come in at the minimum if your response warrants it - i.e., if you're writing profoundly enough to say what you need to say beautifully and concisely.
+ Two feedback responses (due by11:59pm on Sunday, October 11th to the blog and to Turnitin.com). Make sure these are genuine continuations of the conversation started by your peer's original post. You can spin off of one of their points, discuss something in greater detail, comment on aspects of the work itself, etc. Congratulate them, praise them, ask them questions...reach out! There’s no comment limit for this thread, so if you feel like talking to your peers, follow your instincts. Check your work to see if someone left feedback for you, and start conversations with your readers – and classmates!
+ Two nominations, with ample justification for each nomination. Selections are due to the blog, and nomination justification to Turnitin.com, by 11:59pm on Sunday, October 11th. You do not need to nominate the posts you replied to on the blog; you cannot nominate yourself; triangular trading is illegal.
Please try to post insightful, specific, and polished pieces.
Punctuation, grammar, and mechanics all count towards your grade.
Compose your replies carefully, and always remember to build your credibility - use proof, not hypothetical statements. Write the why for every what!
One more thing: as you develop as writers, your pieces should look more and more constructed. By that, I mean they should demonstrate not simply knowledge of writing as a craft, but an awareness of how to make your work truly profound. As we move through the semester, practice writing not simply as students, but as creators. Experiment with writing, in other words, as writers do.
As always, write well, think well…and good luck.
Display comments as (Linear | Threaded)
Ends of my Finger tips
Sometimes when I’m alone in my home, and there is nothing to do but listen to the children play outside my front door laugh, scream, and cry. When the drop of water sound is at most still. I like to play my bass guitar and blast it full volume.
So far it has been about a month and a half since I have played my babae. I have missed the deep, strong but yet graceful sound waves pass through my body and create a intense feeling in my heart. And the amazing feeling of my hairs shooting up on my arms because the riff just sounds too good and it makes you want to get your groove on.
But no. I have not have been able to feel the comfortable pain in the tip of my fingers, I have not glided my hand on the smooth mahogany neck, or pull the strong cold steel strings and feel the whole instrument vibrate and create a beautiful sound that even shakes my ears. And I have definitely not been able to get my groove on and dance like there is no tomorrow; jump up and down and bang my head until it hurts and i have a headache. And so much more…
This is what i love to do, like Eminem once said, “... lose yourself to the music…”
In these short hours, I’m not thinking about how I’m going to pay off my art fees at the school, or what test I have to do next and study for, or how to become a better writer in Mr. Faraco’s class so I can have a decent grade.
I’m just simply stress free. I’m not a son, I’m not a co-worker, I’m not a student, I’m no longer Jose Ledesma. I am nothing… just happy.
So today, October 7th I finally played my bass guitar again, put it full blast again, and got in trouble once again. But I don’t care, it was all worth it. I played smooth jams from John Mayer to really fast riffs from MUSE. I literally played so hard I got another infection on my middle finger that hurts and kinda sucks, but it is alright as well because everything is a trade, and this one was not that bad.
In the end, what I love to do but hardly do is play my bass guitar, “... lose yourself to the music… “ - Eminem.
Thanks Mr. Faraco for allowing me to do this again.
I really liked how you portrayed the way music affects you and why this is, in a way, an escape. Your write-up was very visual. With the first paragraph alone it was easy to imagine the sounds and visuals of the scene.
You stated how, even though you risked an infection, it was worth it because the joy it brought you. This shows true passion and dedication in doing what you love. You also said that you are no longer who you are when you do this, and it takes you to another place.
I agree that it is extremely important to incorporate what you love in what you do and I found this very interesting to read!
I wrote my post on doing the exact same thing only on a trombone. I feel exactly how you do about the pain being worth it to make music. I share your passion for music, you should try to play your bass more often, you wont regret it. Your finger tips will regret it. Use headphones to avoid getting in trouble but your right how the best way to fell the bass (ha ha) is to do it the way you did until it shakes your body. Hope you keep playing.
Hey Jose. I liked your response that music helps your relax. This experience has helped a lot of Feraco's students reevaluate our beliefs and happiness. I connect your your response because I also like playing music to calm down. Music is a great way to put your time towards having time to yourself.
Wow, truly loving the music. I can relate to you when it comes to music, because music touches my feelings and senses, making me “lose myself to the music.” Now there's two choices: Don’t play because you’ll get in trouble, or “lose yourself.”
When I read your piece the same images constantly came to mind. Listening to the both of us talking about how much we love Mr.Feracos class because he does what most teachers here at Arcadia High School don’t. He makes us think in a deeper level that we never knew we could do. With this short piece I see yourself answering his questions in a deeper level. You took something that you loved to do and turned it into a beautiful piece. I loved the fact that you were able to show the readers your emotions when you play the guitar. If you keep this up you will get the grade you deserve, but remember the grade isn’t everything as long as you take something from it like I know you will. It will be better then that A or B on the report card.
I really liked how you told us how you feel about music. Music too makes me really happy and relax's me. I too play my music on full blast or at least until my mom tells me to lower it down. I really liked your story.
I love your writing style of the way you put into things that reflects your mind and self-conscious way you look at life
Hi Jose! I really enjoyed reading your post. I could feel your passion through every word and sentence. The way you described the music and the way you play was detailed and captivating. I agree that losing yourself in the music is worth the pain. I hope you continue playing although not to the extent of extreme injury.
I never knew playing an instrument could be that important to someone, I’m glad you got around to playing your guitar this week! I personally tried a lot of musical instruments, but I never liked them. I always found playing instruments a waste of time, but the way you wrote about it might have me hop on the piano again… Until then though, congrats I hope you can play your guitar more often!
Hey Jose, I really liked reading your story because you talked about something that you miss dearly and you love to do. I can relate to your story because personally, I miss many things that I loved to do. One thing is playing with action figures when I was a child, or playing with legos. Since I am now 17 years old and busy with school and drumline. I have to be mature so I can live like I am growing. I miss many things just like you. Thanks for sharing your story.
First of all, people are not defined by who they are, but by what they do. It is what they do let them become who they are now. I always believe that the choices I make determine who I am and the ability of making different choices becomes part of me. Making choices is the most important thing in life. Each choice represents each path that is ahead of us. And those paths lead us to our future. If we make a wrong a choice , we will go to the wrong place.
The best way to seek the future of our own design is to trust ourselves. No one else but we on this planet understand what we really want in life. Although sometimes we need to listen to other people’s advice, we need to be very firm for what we really want to do. No matter how the others are swaying us, we still need to believe in ourselves and fulfill our own ambitions.
We will not be truly happy until we find the true meaning of happiness. Happiness is the ultimate goal in life. We are all pursuing it throughout our entire time. We may have to work all the time, or build a bunch of enemies, or lose our favourite things in order to obtain it. We cannot obtain happiness by doing nothing, we have to achieve it. And all those things that we have done so far make who we are now and things that we are going to do on the path towards happiness determine the meaning of our life.
People should only be satisfied and happy after they achieved the excellence. People say that failure is the mother of success, but if we gain a lot of experiences from the failure, it shouldn’t be called a failure anymore. Instead, it should be called the excellence. We can achieve that by learning from experiences. However, people sometimes overrate themselves when they think they are successful. They think they have already climbed to the top of the mountain, but fail to see there is still a long way to go.
In the other hand, excellence will probably never be achieved since people are wanting more and more that there is never a stop in their desire. Therefore, some people will never be happy with who they are.
I agree with the views you had in the essay that people are not defined by who they are,but it defined by what they do.You actually described what your opinions on the topic and use very clearly way to express them out.And I saw that in the essay you've mentioned about the word"excellence".Yeah,to being a good person that you think you could be need many factors and responsibilities,and it gonna takes a long process to get improved.
I totally agree with everything you said Yanxuan. Success don't come out of no where, its gain over time and experiences. Every step you take in life will have an effect, and I also agree with how people will never be satisfied with what they have, that is just how the human brain works.
I agree with your idea. Nobody can achieve their dreams without passion. The reason we still keep up is because we believe only way to show our value is achieving our dreams. Also, we can't always get satisfied with everything we got now because we might lose our goal, and settle down with something we enjoy. Our dream is only thing can be with us till death takes me away.
I agree with your idea. Nobody can achieve their dreams without passion. The reason we still keep up is because we believe only way to show our value is achieving our dreams. Also, we can't always get satisfied with everything we got now because we might lose our goal, and settle down with something we enjoy. Our dream is only thing can be with us till death takes me away.
More than a Game
I have not played a full court basketball game in a while. Ever since I rolled my ankle two years ago, I haven’t play a full court basketball game. Winning is a great feeling to enjoy, I’ve miss winning in a long time. Half court pick up games are not as satisfying as dribbling down the court and splashing that pull up three right in your defenders face. I normally play point guard and I’m the one calling out the plays. It taught me how to be a leader and have responsibility; also it taught me to never give up, as long as I work hard and practice my craft, I can be as good as Kobe.
Went to the gym today (Oct 6) and played a full court game. Damm!!! Didn’t know I was that out of shape, was gassed after one game. Couldn’t do the things I can do two years ago, but I had a lot of fun. Scored a total of five points and got the W which is the most important part. All that was in my mind was basketball, no stress, nothing. Legs are very sore the next day but it was worth it, haven’t had that much fun in a while playing basketball with all my friends.
We should enjoy our lives, and spend each second doing things we want to do. I feel like life is too short to go to waste, don't die with regrets.
That's so glad that we have the same favorite sport and I respect the attitude you are on the basketball,do what you like and being focus on it are both very important.If you think the one you are right now can satisfy yourself or the people around you,that is good.But actually I want to say,you will always have the chance to getting better whatever your body or any other things else.Hope you can become stronger and more powerful
I am glad you have recovered from your injury and I admire your competitiveness and desire to win. Reading your response reminded me of playing full court basketball games at basketball camp and having the sore legs the next day. Your last line was very encouraging!
Adventure awaits us ...
From time I like to go on new adventures and try new things, lately I haven't been able to do that at all since school has started. In the past it used to all be so much easier then it is now. Now I am older and I have less time on my hands for myself or to spend with anyone. I have school priorities and a job to attend to. You get caught up in your everyday routine you forget to “...poke your head up and take a look around...see what's going on.”
In the Summer of 2013
My life was in constant motion. I remember it like it was just yesterday my sister and I would go do fun rebellious trips far from home with our group of friends. It started with the beach.
My sister and I had this friend named Victoria although she was more of my sister’s best friend she became mine to that Summer. Victoria had invited us to her beach house for a week to enjoy the warm delightful California weather and get to explore what we had been missing in Newport Beach.
I loved everything there was about that beach house the modernness of it , the sound of the seagulls, the view right at the edges of our fingertips it was breathtaking. The best part was when it was sundown because the sky turned into a cotton candy color. That’s when the most rebellious side I didn't know I was capable of, occurred. After Victoria’s parents were asleep we would all sneak out and go to the pier. There we enjoyed the breeze of the wind and walked around into each shop there was just for fun. We got ice cream candy whatever was open because we happened to leave the house a little later than originally planned which made it more of an adventure. After that we went to the shore line and watched the waves touch the tips of our toes. There I sat and thought about life and what it was going to be like in High School if I’d be the same or not which of my friends would still be my best friends. I also admired the beauty of the ocean and how truly gifted we are to see God’s creations. I thought about anything and everything until I felt the tip of my nose go cold.
As of today, I plan to do the same thing except a little more different my fellow classmates and I tonight are going to Huntington Beach to do a bonfire with all of the seniors. Im very excited because I always have a good time when i'm with my friends the time happens to go by so fast which saddens me but also shows how much of a good time i’m having. We will enjoy snacks and have ongoing conversations about this being our year. Our last year of being carefree. On my way there I plan to blast the radio loud with my favorite music and drive by speeding cars on the freeway as we all race to see who can reserve a pit for our fire first. These are the nights I crave to be held by the one I love and to see all of our friends laughing telling jokes to have a good time.
I can tell from Alyssa’s story that she loves making friends and it makes her happy. I remember when I was younger I also would explore the world with my friends because we were very curious about everything around us. We would poke our heads up and take a look around see what's going on. Back in those old days, friends truly made me happy and it was a pure simple happiness. However, as everyone grows up, we starts to become busy and complicated in a way. If I can, I will definitely want a reunion with my old friends, or have a bonding with my senior classmates.
Hey Yanxuan! Thanks for replying to my post I had a really great time Thursday night at my senior bonfire it was definitely one for the books! As time goes one I hope to still have a close bond with my fellow classmates until we drift apart for college!
Just love how you spend time with your friends, pursuing happiness and trying to keep it as a memento of the things you did with your friends.
Hey Alyysa I understand what you mean by how much little time we have to ourselves and enjoy it when we have a school and a job. I'm in the same situation. It is also hard to give back and we miss various events but at the same time it allows us to cherish everyone of those moments even more. Glad you had fun and hopefully you can have another memorable night like that again.
Thank you Jose yes I had an amazing experience with my group of friends hope to do it again!
I've always desired to spend more of my time reading. Reading is not something I tend to do in my free time, however, when I do read I love it.
Whenever I have free time from my studies, I spent it with friends or googling cat pictures. However, when I have been assigned to read great works of literature I always seem to develope a mini addiction to the book.
When I do have time to read for leisure, in honesty, grabbing a book is not something I drift to. I just know how many addictions I'm missing out on. There is a whole spectrum of stories and philosophical ideas I may be missing out on, and don't even know they exist!
I really couldn't tell you why I stray from reading. It could be the time it takes, or maybe my short attention span. Either way there is no legitimate excuse for me to have not read some of the most wonderful books they did not have time to analyze in a classroom.
So step two of this assignment, "do the thing".
I find a random book, on a random president in the family bookshelf. Easy enough.
Now it's time to find a comfortable spot and read it.
Within what seems like mere minutes, the United States has went back to WWII. I learned new lessons and ideas I would never have been able to experience.
I've bought so many pieces of literature that I never even opened. It really is not as hard as I've previously made myself believe. From now on, I will designate some time each day to explore this realm which was previously foreign to me.
Today's culture is immersed in movies, short videos, posts and so many other ways to tell tales, yet none as effective as a good ol' book. This project taught me to not keep from doing something because it sounds hard or boring, but instead embrace the opportunity in order to expand our life experiences.
Thanks for sharing your story! I really enjoyed reading your blog because I am the same way. I find myself constantly not finding time to read a book just because I'm watching a show or a movie. The way you found time to read a book was interesting to me because it has taught me that I can be reading any book just to satisfy my craving. In a world that is run by technology many people lose touch on reading a good book. Furthermore, your blog has taught me that I shouldn't always be watching TV because I'm missing out on so many good books. For example, I found myself wanting to read more about Gilgamesh even after reading the book because it was so interesting. I find myself also being addicted to books that school assigns. In conclusion, thank you for helping me realize that reading a book isn't as hard as I make it out to be, since all it takes is a few minutes out of my day and a comfy spot. Since, a few minutes and a comfy spot is what I do when watching a youtube video, so why not just read a book.
I agree with Arianna that reading is not hard and boring, but enjoyable. I also love reading myself. I love to embrace those unique and new thoughts from different philosophers. Reading is communication throughout paper and communication is key in our daily life. Only people communicate will they understand each other and the world around them. People are different from others, either in their culture or personality. They tell the stories in their own perspectives and the more perspectives that we see, the more thoughts we will have. Reading is pure enjoyable that we can learn a lot of things that we might never have been able to experience.
I find it very difficult to make time for reading. It is said that everyone is given the same amount of time but I see myself wasting majority of my time on my phone. I remember when my mom would force me to read book, and I regret how much I didn't listen to her because now I understand that some of the greatest knowledge are hidden in the world of books.
After reading your post, it made me slightly guilty so I decided that I should read the book called Outliers again to refresh my brain that is still surfing through the vast internet.
I felt the same way as you did, reading is something that I need to “find” a time to do. I’m not a person that can randomly sit down and read. In today’s world, we spend most our free time on technology. This kept me away from many things, including reading a book. But I realized that reading the book can help us understand more about ourselves, and better to tickle the challenge that we might face.
As we all know, everyone has a different definition of “happiness.” However, we can feel whether we are happy or not. For me, I am really happy with who I am right now, I think. Although I am not sure what I can do in the future (haven't had a clear direction), I still pass everyday happily. It was sure that no matter you passed the day happy or sad or whatever, you spent a day. So why not make yourself happier and make your life easier?
Since our lesson is the search for human potential, we need to know more potential part of human beings. Once I saw an article on the magazine. The article talked about the laugh. There is a rule that the louder you laugh, the more stressful you are. Maybe we can know better about the inside of ours by this way. Well, maybe I am a stressful person and I haven't realized yet.
Therefore, I want to do the things I love in order to please myself. Traveling can make me relax. I can feel the feeling of freedom. I don't need to worry about anything. In my childhood, I went to travel a lot. As time passed, I don't have enough time to travel. In this case of the assignment, I went to San Diego last weekend. Finally, I put my thought into action.
The time become so limit since we growing up: we have homework to do, we have test to prepared, we have SATs/ACTs to deal with. We did not have enough time to go out with our friends, even parents. I can not remember how much times our family cancel a weekend trip just because I have homework and test at following week. But I still can fell the happiness. My parents always hold my back, and my friends make me have happy campus life. Time can not erase the relationship between each other. Even sometimes, we felt we have some distance with our friends, but that distance can be disappear in the moment we contact each other.
Our life is colorful because of we have lots of people love us and we also love them. Happiness is always exist among us when we want to open our heart.
I can feel you that at the same time we live our life cheerfully, we are also stressful. We are stressful about our future: college, jobs, dreams. In nowadays, we gain much more opportunities, better education, and better living environment, however, at the same time, we also carry much more stress and competitiveness. By the way, I also really love traveling too! There are numerous things in the world you can enjoy and relax, we need to cherish what we have!
Catherine I can related to your post very well, I'm also the type of person that thinks there has to be bad days in order to have good days so why not try to live everyday to the fullest. Why get sad over something small? Better to live without regrets then having to worry about something everyday.
Everyone feels pressure when they are on their way, trying to get successful. People used to say people will do better when they feel appropriate pressure, but it doesn't mean the more pressure you put on your back, the better you will be. Wise people know how to balance themselves between pressure and challenges they are facing. That's why they are always better than other ordinary people. Travelling is a wonderful way to release your pressure. Those beautiful views are magical medicine to cure your exhausted heart. I used to listen soft music to take a break, but thanks for sharing your idea with me. Maybe that is an another way to help me out.
Hey Catherine, how you explained happiness is almost the exact same way I would define it. I loved how you said that you are happy with who you are right now because you are happy with what you have. I myself love to travel and do things that I love to do. I loved reading your post because it reminded me of myself.
I didn’t go to middle school in Arcadia. When I arrived here on the first day of freshman year, I was terrified. I knew nobody, nobody knew me, and it seemed that everyone already was grouped together (ie. the Foothills kids, the Dana kids, the First Ave kids). I didn’t belong to any group.
I was born in Pasadena, and went to Pasadena schools up until high school. I grew up with those kids, I still talk to many of them, and a select few are my best, most dearest friends. Now, being a senior, I am utterly and completely consumed with my future. School work. College apps. Track, a job, volunteer hours. It feels, sometimes, that I am a robot. Focused on one thing and only worrying about one thing: the future. I barely have time to hang out with my Arcadia friends outside of school. And that’s a “maybe”. A “once in a while”. A “I stayed up until 3 AM last night so I could spare some free time tonight”. So, forget my friends at Pasadena. If I barely have time to hang out with the friends I go to school with, how can I possibly hang out with the ones in a different city? And the answer is: I don’t. Although these friends are among my dearest, the ones who know me more than anybody, we keep in touch through tons of texts, and maybe a phone call or two every week. It is so hard to do more than that, because of what is consuming my life right now, what my “priorities” should be.
I am going to take Wednesday night off from all that. I am taking a break from the stress, the frustration, and the heavy workload. I am going to spend quality time with my best friend in the whole entire world. I grew up with him. We went to the same elementary and middle school. We were best friends then, and we have remained best friends these four years of high school. I rarely ever have time to see him, although we are very consistent with our Skype calls! Not only that, but I will kill two birds with one stone and combine that with something else I love. I absolutely love going to see movies. Even if the movie is absolutely terrible, I love the movie going experience. I adore the dimmed lights, the smell of buttery popcorn, and my most favorite part of it all, the trailers. Going to the theater was my favorite “treat” as a kid, and honestly, nothing’s changed. I am going with my best friend to see a movie. Simple, it sounds so incredibly simple, but the happiness I feel from just thinking about it is amazing. When was the last time I went to go see a movie? I can’t even remember. The last time I saw my best friend? During the summer, over a month ago. My treat to myself isn’t anything exciting. But I can’t imagine doing anything else, after all, it is the little things in life that matter most.
Reflection: I was every bit as happy as I expected. No, probably more, as a matter of fact. It felt so great to let go of my stress and do something that I actually wanted to do for once. My best friend picked me up in his topless Jeep. We drove to the movie and sang along to The Strokes (amazing band, you all should listen to them). We watched “The Green Inferno” which honestly was WAY too gruesome for my taste but as I mentioned before, even the move is bad, I still adore the experience. We laughed at the cheesy parts and shared candy. Afterwards, we stopped at Denny’s and ate there, talking and catching up. When I got home, I felt so like myself. I felt like Jessica, not the stressed out mess that takes my place during school. And I realized that I am going to do little things like that way more often. They keep me sane.
Hi Jessica! You illustrated your life so well. Giving examples of your heavy workload made me feel like I am you. Actually, we have a similar way of thinking. I also am consumed of school work, volunteering etc, and therefore, I never have time to have fun with my "new" friends from Arcadia. Unfortunately, I do not have time to hang out with my friends from my previous schools, which is heartbreaking. We must just deal with it. However, all the problems were washed away once I was going to be together with my best friend. My best friend makes me feel better even from the moment we know we are going to hang out as you feel with your. Watching a movie is not significant in many people's eyes, but it is the small things that count in life.
I always wanted to visit the Americana at Brand again; however, it is a bit of a drive and it is not a very convenient location for my mom to drive to. In addition, I wanted to try the yogurt place in Sierra Madre that my friend, Karina, always talked about since she always made it sound like the best frozen yogurt place you could ever possibly go to. Nonetheless, whether it was in Sierra Madre or Glendale, I wanted to spend a couple of hours outside of Arcadia.
This Thursday, I finally had a chance to go to Sierra Madre and Glendale with a couple of my friends. After grabbing Chipotle and Starbucks at the Santa Anita Mall, we decided to drive up to Sierra Madre to try out Karina’s favorite yogurt place. Sierra Madre is a nice town with small shops and small streets that were not too busy. The location was quiet and away from the loud traffic back in Arcadia. I forgot what the yogurt place was called, but it was right next to Mother Moo’s. Honestly, the self-serve was similar to Yogurtland and maybe we could have saved some gas by just going to the Yogurtland in Arcadia. However, nothing can replace the happiness that our friend, Karina, had when we got there. It was nice to sit down and eat frozen yogurt in an unfamiliar, yet pleasant setting (instead of eating in the hectic plaza filled with confused drivers on Baldwin Avenue).
After our frozen yogurt run, we headed towards Glendale and on the ride there, we really needed to use the restroom. We held in our pee for quite a while and Karina insisted that we hold it until we use a “really nice” restroom at the Americana. I can say that it was pretty worth it because the restroom was something that you would find at a five star hotel. Instead of paper towels, they had actual towels for you to use. In addition, there was hand lotion and mint candy for people to take after they have finished their deeds. After that experience, we walked around a little and since it was on a weekday in the afternoon, there was not a lot of people- which was really nice actually. We grabbed three complementary picnic blankets provided by the Americana and set them on the grass under some shade. We laid there and chilled for a while. The afternoon felt very calm and serene and we were surrounded by jazzy music. The Americana took away some of the stresses I had this past week that were occupied with worrying about early college applications. Even though we could have easily gone to the fancy Nordstrom bathroom in the Arcadia mall and brought some blankets to the Arcadia County Park, I would not have traded the experience at Glendale. It was nice to step out of Arcadia and to stop thinking about applications or homework. Doing things that made Karina happy made the rest of us happy as well.
I think it’s great that you took the time to try something new this past Thursday! One of the challenges I face with my friends is that we plan things, a lot of things actually, but we rarely follow through and actually do them. One of my goals this year is to do what you did, and that is to do the things you want to do and try the things you want to try. I liked how you mentioned how the yogurt place and the Americana are similar to things you could’ve found in Arcadia, but you’re glad that you went to those places anyways. From what I understand is, it isn’t so much that you went to these places to eat yogurt or shop, more so that you went to these places to try something new. Like you said, you could’ve gotten frozen yogurt locally at Yogurtland, but had you gone to Yogurtland, you would’ve missed out on the experience of trying something new. Nice job!
I like your "fun thing" because it wasn't anything too extreme and was something that you can thoroughly enjoy- even if it's something simple. I also think it's nice that you went outside of Arcadia, since Arcadia can feel like a bubble sometimes. Take care, girl!
Hi Claire, your day seemed amazingly fun! I've only been to Americana once during Christmas season and it was really crowded and not cool. Maybe I'll be able to chill there on the next CC day like you did. I agree with you that getting out of Arcadia is refreshing and exciting. I thought it was super sweet how you said "doing things that made Karina happy made the rest of us happy as well." It reminds me of how my friends will go with me to Veggie Grill, my favorite restaurant.
Since I was young,sadness always more than joy in my life.I had no goal for myself,don’t know what to do in the future,bothers teacher during class became one of my habits.Yes,I don’t even know who am I.Sounds so strange,right?I was nobody,even not myself when I was young,but I think I could find myself in these few years that who I should be and live in a which kind of situation.Some choices you made in the past might make you feels sad or happy,but what kind of person you could really be?Will you regret the one you became or becoming?
Most time of my life was in China with the friends I know and my big family,to become an “American” only in my dream and imagination.What I was thinking to do over long and long time is take a high school graduation test and go to Chinese college...The life always cheat on you,the day my parents told me that their plan about my future,I was thinking about nothing.Maybe since that time,I was beginning to suit these changes happened in my life all the time.Actually,I am OK with that.But if we try to think about it deeply,are these changes gonna change us to a totally different person in our lives?Nobody knows,maybe the answer is yes.The details can always determine something that important,I hate to worry about that,but I must.
Try to memorize that what was you like before and now,it needs to compared.For me,so incredible and foolish I changed to how I looks like right now.Something I having now are not good...But like focus on study can let me be proud of it.I don’t know about all the people,are u feeling satisfied about who you are right now?What kind of person you was trying to be in the past?If you not,what caused you became like this,yourself or others?All these can list as a questionaire,one day you will find out the answer.
Studying and practicing gymnastics are the first two things that is important in my life. These two things were with me when I was six. I never get rid on both. I spent most of my teenage time on it (even though I am still a teenage now). I go to school in the morning and go to my gymnastics workout after school everyday. When my friends want to make a day to hang out with me, I usually reject because of my practice. There are two days that I do not have my workout, but I still have to go to my after school class on that two days. It is really exhausted. Sometime, I really need to do something to make myself relax.
When do I have my free time and what do I do in those time? My dream is to sleep at home for the whole day, but of course it is impossible. In a regular day, my resting time is when I am having dinner, going to bath and drying my hair. When I dry my hair, I will watch an anime. That is the most fun thing I can do in a day. It let me to forget everything that I have to do which include homework. In a holiday, I will try to hang out with my friends if I do not have too much homework. However, my friends are always going to travel during the holiday. Trying to hang out with them is hard, because our time is always not matching. This always make me feel frustrated. The last time that I hang out with my friends were on July (Yes, two months before). However, I finally hang out with my friends today.
Today, October 8, I hang out with my friends to have lunch after school. I have no gym today. We had a lot of fun. We went to the mall and had pizza, pasta and salad together. We do not even care about the price of the food (eventually I do not have enough money to pay for it ). After having a dinner, we had dessert -- Dippin Dots which is one of my favorite dessert. We went to the center of the mall and sat there for half an hour. We talked about a lot of things. We laugh as loud as we want. Although it is a public site, we can still laugh happily. Talking about everything that we want to talk. This can make me feel that I still have my teenage life.
Hanging out with my friends can make me feel happy, and this is the thing that I cannot do it very often because of the activities we have. I remember that I always say “mom, please let me to hang out with my friends, or else I will feel regret when I leave Hong Kong” when my mom do not let me to hang out with my friends in the last year that I stay in Hong Kong. It usually works, because she did not want me to go to American with an unhappy face. Hopefully the next time that I can hang out with my friends will come soon (at least this long weekend I will not see them because of a bunch of homework).
Myth/Sci-fi - Period 1
8 October 2015
What I do all summer is workout out and watch tv both not so good combination ,but that's not the point while I watched tv I wanted to know how it would feel if I made my own show. Then the dream idea of making a script for a show was made and I was pretty excited because most creators reference their life experience in their shows and I wanted to do that. I thought of the great moments I had as a young child in middle school and how I can bring it to like in a animated show. I began to blush over the amazing memories of the past and realized that I needed to recreate people's appearances and names to make sure no one will know that them. I truly enjoy it with passion because it gives me the opportunity to recreate the past and bring to the present and maybe the future. I can have those memories on film instead of my mind. My brain began to see the possible picture that would be on tv. I needed to find a beginning and cast to create the motion of the show. Before I continued, I realized things that can prevented me from going further most of those thing is school and life. I need to still put all my time into my studies and decide what best for Josue Garcia.
I finally have time to go write the script for the show and as I entered a return to it I finally decides to title it I called it “The Amazing Bunch” it a reference to my crew back in Sierra Madre Middle School. I made the final cast and decided where the crews set would be and I decides it would be Sierra Madre. I sat in my computer seat for an hour without typing anything my mind was blank and I saw how writers feel when they need time to make something great. So Felt bad now about bagin about how writers take too long on making a movie. I felt the thirst to start writing , but I thought that if I wrote something good it would not come out like I thought it would. I ended up starting and struggled on how each character's personality show be and if they would relate to kids today. Their traits I though show be based of the real life people they come from and at that moment my life became easier. All my memories helped to develop an ideal true feeling of a story that need to be told on a screen. When part 1 was done I felt great and a little bad because what I wanted didn't come out on paper.
After all this experience I ended up with about 10 minutes of dialogue and that a lot of pages. I learned that people need time to make a script and that 1 minute of dialogue is a lot of writing. Knowing that I did alone made me feel the true value of a team and the IT guy. My ideas are valued , but great films use ideas from all the staff to develop a great film . The Simpson movie took 10 years of rewriting the script to make the film great. Time is what help people become something else and time is what we need to achieve our dreams. Their should not be a price for time , but there is and tis death. Now what next maybe part 2 is in the works.
Hey Josue, i really enjoyed reading what you wrote. I basically do the same thing you do in the summer. I thought it was pretty cool how you wrote your own script. If i were to do that, id probably give up on the first sentence or two because I wouldn't know what to say. I really liked your story.
Parks and Recreation
The show that gave me the idea for a treat yo’self day. Since I am usually busy with either work or school, I tend to forget to do things that make me happy. The first thing that made this a treat yo’self day, (thanks Donna) was being able to go home early! Not that I get to choose when we get a common core day, but it just made this day special. Something that makes today even better was the fact that I did not have to go to work. My mother makes me work at her office after school because she believes that I do nothing when I am home, which is definitely not true.
Once I got home, I divided my time between eating, listening to music and music recommendations to a close friend of mine.
Although all this sounds super boring, this is what makes me super happy. Spending away the hours of the day with some of my favorite artists. My day did not really involve people, simply because to me, a happy day is something I would spend alone. The task of keeping a person occupied and happy too burdensome when I am trying to make myself the number one priority for the day. The things I enjoy doing are usually very boring for others and they tend to leave, so I spend it alone, just how I like it.
Aileen, I just wanted to let you know that I really enjoyed your post, and that it was great to read because I could relate to it! Although doing “exciting” things and being with friends can be incredibly fun and enjoyable, sometimes what we need most is time with ourselves. Down time, to just relax and do what we truly want to do. Music is a great way to escape, so just spending time losing yourself in it seems like a great way to spend the day to me! Being able to do little things like that can be way more satisfying than going out.
I recently just watched every episode of Parks and recreation on Netflix and I do love the idea of having a me day at least once a year. We need time to tell yourself that you did a good job and need a break from all the garbage. We need to let go ,but remember that we still have responsibilities.
Parks and Rec inspired me too! Treat yo self is one of my favorite phrases. It's a motto all of us need in life, at least once in a while. I totally understand the alone time thing. Tuesday and Thursday I went out with friends, but Wednesday I spent all to myself and it was so relaxing. Music and chill.
I love what you wrote. It's so cool that you can find peace in simple things and comfortably indulge yourself in them. It's so weird that things like eating and listening to music, which should be easy to accomplish everyday, are so hard to be able to really enjoy and experience as we get older and busier.
Hopefully you find more and more time to dedicate time like this to yourself!
When someone asks me am I happy about who I am right now, first time I will say yes, but after I think about my life, I will say no. I cannot understand why people always ask me how is my life? What is life? I think life is myself. If I doing a better job at my age time, I will have a better life. Everybody wants a better life, and no one will satisfy what we own right now.
The reason I say yes because I still have family and friends around me, even some of them is in China. I own a new life in the United States. I think I am pretty happy about who I am right now. Also the reason I say no will be I thinks my life is not good enough. I want to make it better. Keep moving is what I need to do right now. But I also have another choice is stay what I am right now, even I will be regretted in the future about just be so normal. I want to force myself up one step. I want to make me to achieve the success. I want to create a whole new world to me.
Life always fully be happy. The love given by our parents, the friendship we receive from our friends, the experience we learn from ourselves. That is the value of our life. Also that value will stay with us forever. Life is also hard. We all know the life path is so hard and complex. Should we face the problem to build a better self or just stay the normal at rest of the life? We should decide since we know how to make our own decision. Just like the poem, "The road not taken” by Robert Frost, we never know what exist in the end of the road. If we give up on the half and change to another road. Even we will receive something or see some different scenery, we never end as what we want. Just keep going. Life will not let us down, but it also will not give us something that we did not fight for it.
Hi, Lillian! I agreed with your statement that "no one will satisfy what we own right now." We still have a long time to go in our life. We are not even in college now. There is a lot of possibility in our future. I think we should feel satisfied to ourselves now, because we have our family and friends support. We are still in high school. We do not have to pay for our own cost. If we do not enjoy our living situation right now, after going to college, we might not have a chance to feel such a good situation. Therefore, now we should just keep going and do what we want!
I am agree with your saying that you are not satisfied with yourself now. I think it is a decent thing, we are not satisfied of ourselves means we want to be better. We will always improve when we are not satisfied. It is too young for us to be satisfied of our life because we have not confront anything serious yet, and we have our family by our side who always protect us. We have never become real independent yet, never have been really step into this society, how can we satisfied?
I can understand your frustration in defining what life is to you. We're only in high school and not experienced at all compare to our elders or parents. How are we able to know whether the life we're living is good or not? Our parents constantly remind us to treasure what we have now. As the saying goes "an inch of time can buy an inch of gold," we should be satisfied for now. Even though this is WHAT we're supposed to follow, we still prefer to follow whatever we think in mind. I don't think it is wrong to go for what we desire, as long as is does not have a negative contribution to the society.
I wish you good luck finding what your REAL meaning of life is in the future!
I agree that "no one will satisfy what they own right now." However, I believe that we should feel satisfy in the near future. There is no best in the world. And I also agree that we should never give up. No pain no gain. If we don't fight, we won't achieve anything.
“Create like a god, command like a king, work like a slave.”- Constantin Brancusi.
As an aspiring product designer, I tend to get very in the zone when thinking of new sketches and ideas. The things I draw are usually not very organic, since they are man made products. But I like to draw back from that very world once and a while, and look at some organic things and draw those. Because it reminds me that I am human, that I’m not some machine that constantly does work all the time. Brancusi’s very quote is something that grounds me, yet it's also something that very much holds me back sometimes as well. Usually, when I tend to find myself canceling my plans to hangout with friends or get outside for some fresh air, I force myself to leave. I go to the place that I’ve grown up loving, a place where there are organic things around me everywhere, a place where I can relax and just stare at what the world itself has to offer. That very place to me, is the Huntington Library and Botanical Gardens.
When I was younger, my aunt and uncle would always take me to the gardens. I’d just run around on the green grass, and stare at the object I couldn’t reach in the gift shop. My aunt would take my hand and guide me through each unique garden the Huntington offered, the chinese garden, japanese garden, rose garden, and the desert garden. I was truely amazed of what the huntington had offered, every garden was like a whole different place. They would grow plants native to what culture or environment the area was suppose to be, and it felt like I was in a whole different world in each one. It was a place that even now I would never get bored of, though I rarely get to go I try to find a chance to go at least a couple times each year. The Huntington is the very place, where I can clear my head and finally think clearly.
Now when I go to the huntington on my own, I always find a bench in one on of the many gardens it has to offer, and sit down and sketch. I’d then find myself being completely absorbed into sketching, but I would stop myself and put down my pen. And everytime I put my pen down, I look up and scan my surroundings. Noticing how beautiful the place is, since the last time I’ve been to the gardens. I started to rarely go to the gardens since I started junior and senior year, since I found myself to be so pre-occupied by having my future all lined up to be perfect and to know what I wanted to in college later on. Now, I am still working on that, but I let myself relax once in a while and remind myself in this very garden, not to miss those very moments of my teenage years. Because, I won’t be a teenager ever again, and this very garden reminds me to enjoy every moment, though not every moment is happy or great, it’s always a moment that will help me be a better person in the future. I am not the same person I was before, and also someone different even now. As time flies you are no longer the same person you were seconds before, you are different. Yet what matters is if that change is a good or bad thing. And yet I am happy, that the huntington had taken part in someway to make me the person who I am today. But my satisfaction to be a better person than I was before or now, will never be quenched.
Hi Bonnie, this was a very genuine “sketch” of your experience engaging in your favorite hobby. It is really sad that sometimes life gets in the way and there little time to do enjoyable activities. Then things start to change a lot and those experiences (of engaging in your childhood hobbies) are not the same any more. But I’m glad that you’ve realized things you’ve never noticed before because of growing up. Also, it happens that I love drawing too!
Hi Bonnie! I really enjoyed reading your post. I thought it was nice how you incorporated the memory of something you did with your grandparents before, and it's interesting to see how that activity has "grown up" with you, now that you drive yourself there and do something you love in the same location. I'm glad that you could do something that you enjoy through this assignment. "Living in the moment" is something that's quite hard to do in this time of our lives, so I'm glad you were able to take a breather during this stressful time. I hope you enjoyed your weekend!
I really like the quote you chose and how it offers an interesting perspective on how we should live life. I love the Huntington Gardens! It's such a beautiful place and I'm glad you find inspiration there. I agree with you that "though not every moment is happy or great, it’s always a moment that will help me be a better person in the future." It reminds me of the line "These are the days that must happen to you" from the poem "Song of the Open Road" by Walt Whitman. I hope we will always be able to change for the better and improve ourselves.
The love for shopping is a part of a girl's nature. I love trendy new clothes, high class clutches and purses, and stylish Steve Madden sandals. When I enter a store, I am like a bird freed from my cage, screaming and flapping around with excitement. I may sound silly for reacting this way to a trivial activity, but it's because I rarely get the chance to do this. Upon entering high school, I devoted the majority of my time to my school GPA, SAT exams, AP classes, and golf. With that said, I dedicated the rest of my time to catching up on sleep. Although shopping might not sound like a very exciting thing to do, it's something precious that I am only capable of doing now, when I am not as busy anymore.
Today was my lucky day: it was Common Core Day and I finally got to do what I love-shopping. I ran to my car with my friends right when the bell rang and sped towards The Americana at Brand. As soon as I parked my car, I grabbed my friends' arms and dashed towards the best food in the entire universe: the crepe stand. I could smell it from a mile away and my body just automatically reacted to this savory aroma.
After eating my delicious crepe, we strolled into Urban Outfitters, half giggling and half jumping in joy when we touched the clothes on display. The smoothness of the fabric made me more excited; I frantically grabbed clothes from every section and tried them on in the fitting room in a frenzy. I hopped up and down like a little pigeon, thrilled to see myself in so many different colorful and wonderful outfits.
It's rare for me to find a day like today when I can let myself loose. Yet, when I see my chance I grab on to it tightly. It's nice to have a moment of time reserved just for doing things I want instead of submerging myself in homework. Worth it or not worth it? Yes it was worth it, because it wasn't just a trip for fun, but a chance to let myself experience things other than school and standardized tests.
Hey Annie! I can totally agree with you about being able to shop on your free-time without being occupied by school or good grades for your parents, it can be very overwhelming! I love going to the mall especially to buy clothes and snack on yummy desserts with friends. I like to call it retail therapy because I love going shopping when I get my allowance to buy new trendy outfits for school, especially since our school has no uniforms it can get expensive!
Many people told me that do not always care other people’s sight. You are supposed to keep your own style. Do not change yourself due to others’ words because we cannot please all people in the world. Finding your advantages and your specific side, you can be proud of these. Therefore you feel happy with who you are right now. After that people build confidence. You talk with other people natural with smile. You will feel world is filled by colors.
However, everything have range. Are we supposed to happy with speaking loud in public, are we supposed to happy with belittling other people, or are we supposed to happy with lying to people? What are we really feel happy with ourselves right now? Maybe when we give other people favors or when other people keep happiness because of us, we will will feel pleasure. On the other hand, we hate and want to eliminate our disadvantages. Whenever I realize that I still keep some shortcoming I feel upset and hope to change myself. Sometimes I do change myself to be a better person. I can say because I did not feel happy with who I am right now, I changed better than before.
Feeling happy due to my advantages, feeling upset due to my disadvantages, I always be in this cycle. Life is filled by contradiction. Everything are not absolutely. I cannot say I really feel happy with myself because I am not perfect. Nevertheless, since the imperfect, I will be a better person. A little dislike can make an enhancement. Of course, If a person hate all things about herself or himself that will make self-abased.
Hi, Anna. I really enjoy your writing. I agree with that “ Life is filled by contradiction. Feeling happy due to my advantages, feeling upset due to my disadvantages.” If we are always happy, we can not see our disadvantages, we will become self conceit. If we are always upset, we can not see our advantages, we will become self- abased.
Hi Anna! I agree with what you're saying, people shouldn't conform with what other people do. I think everyone should be themselves and be happy about it but there of course has to be a balance between the two. You can't just be completely happy with yourself or there will be no improvements, I really like the way you talked about how you were happy with your advantages and unhappy about your disadvantages.
For a quite some time now I’ve been wanting to read Queen of Shadows by Sarah Maas. It’s been a year since I read the preceding book and ever since then I have been anticipating this one. It recently came out and I borrowed it from a friend about two weeks ago, but so far it’s been sitting on my desk collecting dust. I crave to crack open and smell the new book smell, which I love so dearly. I cannot wait to delve into a whole other world and escape reality even if only for a few hours. I’m especially excited to read this book because for once the main character is a powerful female lead. I expect this novel to surpass all my expectations with wicked action, a riveting story line, and wonderfully constructed characters.
I pinpoint the most comfortable spot in my house and sit down with a smoothie in my hand. I open the book and get a whiff of the crisp paper. My excitement rises as I turn to the first page. It begins. The world around me no longer exists and I find myself falling deeper into the fictional universe of witches and elves. As I read, my brain paints vibrant pictures in my head as my eyes take in the fine font written on the page. Faster and faster, I fantasize what could possibly be on the next page. In the back of my mind I know that I really need to relieve my bladder, but I ignore it and keep absorbing the masterpiece that lies in front of me. Too soon my mother comes into my room and sternly tells me to “do something with my life”. I’m forced to tear myself from the book, already eagerly awaiting the next time I’ll be able to return back to the enchanted land of Erilea.
Hey Kashish! I really enjoyed reading your blog! As I was reading it, I felt that I can fully relate to your feetling of excitement when reading a book we love. From your descriptions of the moment you read the book and while you were reading it gave me a clear picture of you diving into your book while sipping on some smoothie at your favorite place. It got me laughing when I read about you holding onto your bladder just so you can continue reading. Honestly, I do the same cause when we do something we love, nothing can get to us
Life is competition, everyone has different life and different happiness. I think happiness is always on your side, if you are going to find it. Sometime just feel it in your mind and do whatever you want, then you will be the happiest person in the world. When you are sad think about rest under the trees on a shiny day or find something to do to let you forget it. Stay in positive side and try to do different thing. happiness isn't based on how one feels, but instead on your life as a whole. You get the feeling of being happy, but that can only be temporarily.
When I have free time. I will go outside play basketball with my friend. It can make you feel better and exercise. But hanging out with my friend is not only thing i do it in my life. I like to try different or new thing. Like play room escape or airsoft with my friend. I remember last time room escape was fun, but we failed the last part. I got a lot experience from that.
Overall, I have a lot fun and I am happy to living everyday. I enjoyed my life trying new thing. Also i will keep finding new thing in the world. Life will never stop going. Don’t waste the time and happiness is not gift. You have to earn it or try to get it. Happiness is always on your side, you just need to find it.
Hi Eric !
I really agreed that everyone has different happiness. And we should try to do different things. Life will not stop, and we should never give up. We can also feel happiness by ourselves. It is important to stay in positive side.
Good to hear that you have fun in your friends. I also agree with you. Competing against friends while also having fun is one of the happiest and most important moment for me as well.
“Do something that makes you happy.”
“But....I got four tests on Monday that I have to study, the ACT that I have to take within two weeks, the subjects tests I have to study, the personal statements that I have to edit, the tons of college apps that I have to do…..”
This list is endless.
How can we do something that makes us happy in such a near-ending, busy, torturous, procrastinating year? How can we do it? Sure, we can do it at the end of the school year where senioritis comes into play but at such a time where it’s so crucial to apply to colleges, get that better score, get to skyrocket your grade point average. How?
Just do it. Just forget everything just for a time. Do it all later, not too late (the point of last minute after procrastination) but just the right time. Not last minute. Just be like a human being without any stress without this one moment. This single moment where I get to be myself and explore my talents and… be myself. I have been so secluded from what I have been missing out on life. I have been missing it all. All the opportunities and I threw them all away into the back of Temporal Lobe. Heck, in the trash bin.
I asked myself this: “What do I like to do?”
I like to express my feeling with Literature, I like to visit a park, I like to be a foodie and a critic, I like to watch movies, I like to write, I like to read math books at times, I like to cook, I like to sleep, I like to help people, I like to be myself.
And I did exactly that.
Well, I haven’t written a poem since my junior year. I was too busy. I loved poetry because I get to express my feeling in one piece. So, I wrote this:
An Adolescent's View Of Nature
Technology Technology Technology
An Adolescent's life is surrounded with technology
He “screws” over nature.
He is apathetic about nature.
One asked me "Why do we need nature? "
Once he said that,
My heart sank
My brain turned off
My ears burned
My eyes went blind
I was simply shocked
Nature is our backbone of this country
We rely on nature for our air
We eat nature to survive
We go to nature just to get a peace of mind
We see nature every day to enlighten our moods
We use nature to complete our daily tasks
And one asked why we need nature?
This is simply……
I questioned if our generation will appreciate nature
I wondered everyday on this question but after years of thinking, I finally know the answer….
Will our generation appreciate what has nature done to us? I don’t know. I used to appreciate it. Heck, there was giant tree in my front yard, and I would take camera shots of the tree because it was beauty. And what made me love nature even more was that Mr. Squirrel would come often during the morning to “say ‘Hi” to me.” It was a nice extra touch. Too bad I moved.
So here it is, Mr. Feraco. I secluded myself and accessed the back of the temporal lobe of my brain. I ignored everything and thought about my life. And I got to say that it was interesting:
Year 1: Born; Year 3: Bullied; Year 5: Bullied; Year 7: Bullied and enrolled in ELD ; Year 9: Bullied, Depressed, and out of ELD; Year 11: Bullied and Depressed; Year 13: Bullied and Depressed; Year 14: High School, Depression, Bad Grades; Year 15: Recovery;
Now? Well, I am a scholar and successor . And you are too.
Christopher, I loved your poem. It gave me some insight into the type of person you are. You’re aware of the world around you, you’re aware of the problems our generation has, and you appreciate things that most people our age don’t. And honestly, in my eyes, it makes you a much deeper person and a better person overall. I’m glad you’ve opened your eyes to the beauty of nature because it gives us some of the most amazing things the world can offer. A soothing ocean breeze, a snowy mountainside, a gorgeous sunset. It’s good to realize the beauty of it when it is right in front of us, and not to take it for granted. Keep making time to write your poems! You’re a great writer, Christopher.
Hello Christopher, what you wrote is simply amazing. We have so much in common, and yet we are so different. I’ve never liked Literature, and not a fan of poems, however what you wrote is so inspirational. What you wrote is the perfect example of quality over quantity. With a simple two stanza poem you were able to put forth more thought and ideas than I could with a 8 page essay. What you wrote is so true, and although I don't know you I can see a part of myself in your poem. Christopher keep up the good work, I'm looking forward to your next post.
Hey Chris. The first thing I would like to talk about is your poem. Knowing you since middle school, I never knew that you liked poetry so much. I'm not much of a poetry person, but I really enjoyed that portion of your response. Next, I liked the background portion of your life. It was very enlightening to know. Its great you persevered and still work for your dreams. Great response pal!
I like how you took a creative approach to the prompt of "go do something fun" and really dug down to find what it was you wanted to do. I've always admired those who were able to write poetry and I'm glad you shared! Take care!
I like how you took a creative approach to the prompt of "go do something fun" and really dug down to find what it was you wanted to do. I've always admired those who were able to write poetry and I'm glad you shared! Take care!
Hi, Christopher. I really love your writing. This week’s entry I love how you acknowledge the amount of things you have to do, but you were able to forget it and do something you love. I especially love the poem. I love how you appreciate nature because I also appreciate it too. Just like your poem, I share the same feeling of how people don’t really appreciate nature. Thank you for sharing your experience and your amazing poem. Keep up the great writing!
Christopher! I really liked the way you used a poem to express how you feel. I think I learned a lot about you because of this and I really agree with you on how people don't appreciate nature enough. Sometimes you just gotta take some time to do something you love.
Tuesday, October 6th.
I came home from a sweaty, three hour practice today, took a nice, refreshing shower then ate an early dinner before hopping onto my so called “homework chair”. I was ready to tackle on this week’s blog, but as expectations often fail, I sat in front of my computer screen staring at the prompt for the longest time. It’s not that I don’t have things I want to do. In fact, I have a whole bucket list that’s quite lengthy. I faced a slight hesitation, because I’m simply not able to check off those items just yet; my upbringing doesn’t make it easy to do so. Life is not a breeze when you’re contained at this age. As teenagers, we have so many hopes and aspirations, so many adventures we want to experience, and we feel so many emotions, sometimes even too many, but when you’re restricted on those things, you begin to lose the crave and learn to tame the curiosity.
That is me. However, through the years, I’ve learned to find bliss in the most ordinary acts such as opening the door for someone or going on a run around my block or even doing homework.
I’m also one of the many who live for the future.
I honestly don’t mean to, but I do.
It might be because I’m uncertain at this moment. I’m uncertain of myself and who I will become; the future beholds the answer. The future knows whether or not my parents will be proud, whether my efforts have paid off, or whether I’ll be satisfied with myself. It holds freedom and independence, factors that I’ve never really grasped as an adolescent, but I like to snap myself out of the future when I can to take a look at the beautiful present. It’s not so long until it becomes the past.
Wednesday, October 7th.
Realizing the whole point of this week’s blog was to take time to enjoy life and look at the things around us instead of waiting for the weekend to do so brought me back to present day. I’ve lost the desire to hang out with friends not so long ago. I’m more family oriented than friend oriented; therefore, it’s not something that I do frequently, but I thought it would be a good idea to plan something simple yet enjoyable for the sake of this assignment. On Thursday, Speech and Debate is having a fundraiser. I’ve invited my friend to come support the team with me. We haven’t met up outside of school in a while nor have we seen each other around campus either. I love those friendships where you don’t necessarily see or talk to each other on a daily basis, but the connection remains strong when you’re reunited again. It’s been over a year since my friend and I have actually spent quality time together. Our priorities and responsibilities generally get in the way. Every now and then, my phone screen lights up with a text from her, asking whether or not I’m available to go to this or that, but I’ve denied her invitations so often that I’ve lost count. It sucks, and my truest apologies go to her. It’s not like I find satisfaction in declining invites, but I know I greatly owe tomorrow to my friend. She’ll have my undivided attention while we catch up over doughy pizza. I can already imagine the numerous things we’ll have to talk and rant about. It’ll definitely be a good, stress-relieving way to wrap up the week instead of the usual: going straight home and fulfilling uncompleted tasks.
Thursday, October 8th.
Today was a decent day. I didn’t completely enjoy the weather, however. It was chilly in the morning and overly toasty by noon. I’m more fond of a constant weather forecast, but time certainly flew. My friend and I originally planned to meet up at California Pizza Kitchen a quarter to one since I had track practice after school, but surprisingly practice finished early; early enough that I could get out of the sun and stop sweating in time to chow down on a yummy lunch. She had already gotten a table by the time I arrived. The restaurant was covered with walls indicating that they’re going under construction. The floors were of dull, gray cement, and we sat at one of the few tables with no lighting; we didn’t mind though. My face was tomato-red from my workout anyways. It was two hours well spent, mingling over their delicious chicken fettuccine (my favorite childhood pasta) and their mushroom pepperoni sausage pizza which was to my friend’s finicky eating habits (it’s basically the only vegetable she would eat). It was pleasing to see her smile and hear her laugh. She’s the type to constantly be under a load of stress, but she has a laugh that would make your eyes widen and look around to see if anyone was listening. We tease each other and she calls me “crusty”, but our playful relationship makes for a ton of hilarious memories.
It has been an extended amount of time since I’ve reminisced the joyous moments my friend and I have shared. We’re “too busy” to cherish our friendship right now that we rarely create any new memories. What we do is work ourselves to become people worthy of successful professions in the long run. However, what we do in the present has an effect on the future. If we continue to push our lives to the side, only to appreciate it on the weekends, we’ll miss what life has to offer. I can’t help but live for the future. I’m looking forward to unspeakable opportunities, but the future will always remain what is it. On the other hand, the present is what shapes the future and creates the past. My ideal slice of life isn’t a perfectly cut piece of pie, but rather a simple serving of ice cream, satisfying to have and enough to enjoy. I’ve been blinded for a sufficient amount of time, and it has reached the point where I need to poke my head up now and again, because I’ll miss life in a blink of an eye if I don’t.
HAHA! HI kyla!
I think great minds think alike!!
Writing a diary is what I have done since a child and its so fascinating on how our formats are the same!!!(:
I can totally relate to your "We’re “too busy” to cherish our friendship right now that we rarely create any new memories" its like seeing myself in other shoes, and I assume that many feels the same way as us.
I love your positivity in that you are continuously seeking further opportunities. Yes you are right that we do not know how the life will take us, but lets live now and treasure this short moments.
Thanks Jenny! I’m trying to experiment with different formats of writing. I’m glad to know that I’m not the only one who felt inspired to write a diary-like blog. Let’s enjoy the moments we have today to make the best on senior year! (:
I can relate a lot to your blog post especially the Wednesday section. I too am very family orientated, growing up my parents never let me out of their sight. I hung out with family friends a lot but rarely ever saw school friends outside of school. I was never allowed to hang out with school friends at places other than my own house or school because my parents were so overprotective. Due to their protection I was kind of forced to become family orientated. I love hanging out with my friends but due to my overprotective parents who to this day worry when I go out somewhere, I tend to decline many invitations and just stay with my family which is actually quite fun. I know only one sentence in your blog post was about being family orientated but it really caught my attention and is something I can relate to.
When you live in an overprotective household, it can feel as though you’re trapped, and you can’t help but feel alone sometimes. It feels like you’re the only one going through it, but you’re not! One thing I love about participating in a blog is that we get to feel a sense of comfort through one another’s stories. I’m glad I included that one sentence that caught your attention in my post even though I didn’t elaborate on it much. I have a lot more to say about that topic so maybe in another blog post we can relate to each other once again (:
Go out and explore the world!
For the assignment I plan on going to an abandoned zoo with a few friends. I intend to fully explore the aftereffects of human intervention with nature. I rarely get the chance to fully explore and enjoy nature. I usually spend my time surrounded with technology. The times I have gone out and done things involving nature like hiking, surfing, boating, and horseback riding it had always been a positive experience for me. I’ve never done something i would regret during my time exploring and doing things I’ve yet to do. I fully enjoy the time I’ve had spent alongside nature. Hiking used to be a routine hobby of mine. The reason why I chose doing this is because it would be a great chance to go hangout with friends while exploring something amazing. I usually don’t get to do this because it is hard to find a time where everyone is avaliable.
The trip was extremely relaxing and fun. The drive to downtown LA was a mobile karaoke with the constant sing alongs with the forever changing selections of songs of the radio. After finally arriving at our destination we soon realized that we were lost. The sight of torn down fences are within sight, however all there is now is a park. My friend who had been there once long ago was as lost as the rest of us. We then decided to explore the area and see if we can find those abandoned lion cages. Walking around we noticed a bunch of people heading towards a single direction, figuring that we weren’t having any luck finding what we were looking for we followed them. A lady overheard us while we were talking about the abandoned zoo instructed us that we were in fact going in the right direction.
Once we saw those abandoned cages I realized just how excited I was to do this. Had I rejected their offer to tag along I would’ve missed something that I’ll probably never get the chance to see again. There I stood in front of me, built into the side of a cliff, 5 cages where those majestic creatures once was trapped and put on display. Going around the structure we found a path that led us to the back of the cages. There we saw that the cage in the back was cut open. As curious as I was I decided to climb in there. Bending over we carefully went through a small crawl space. What we saw was simply amazing. The walls that once contained the animals are now covered in graffitis. Looking through the cages down the hill, we saw what everyone at the parking lot was heading towards. Below us there stood a stage, apparently it was an organized play that the community held every week. After some pictures inside the cage we headed outside the cage, and with that we concluded our journey to the abandoned zoo.
Reflecting back on the question of “is any of this worth it” I can now tell you with full confidence that it very much is in fact worth it. I can’t be more happy with exactly where I am right this minute. After this experience I realize how fun it is to be out exploring the outside world. I am happy about how this trip turned out. This adventure made me really appreciative of how much opportunities I have around me. It excites me to think about what is going to happen in the future.
I like how you stated your message to the reader as your first sentence. It caught my attention like "Oo why is he telling me to go out and explore the world" haha. The adventure you went on is very similar to the ones I want to experience one day. I've always wanted to live a life surrounded by nature. I think it's a great way to disconnect from our high tech world. I've seen pictures of abandoned zoos on social media, and it seems really cool but scary at the same time. I can imagine the excitement you must have felt. It's nice to know that you're content with where you are right now. Your post really does make me want to go out and explore the world!
Yes! “Go out and explore the world!”
We need to go out and explore the world more! We are missing part of life if we don’t explore the world more! I’ve explored the country sides and the city of Mexico, and I got to say that exploring parts of the world is an unique and fun experience. You get to learn more about different cultures while trying it out. I’ve tried many different and authentic Mexican foods that we don’t have in California, and it’s such a unique and memorable experience that you cannot forget. We need to explore to world more before we die. If we don’t, then what’s the meaning of life?
I loved how you explored abandoned zoo. “That’s so cool!” On YouTube, I used to watch videos of abandoned places but never had to opportunity to go to one. It’s interesting and unique to explore an abandoned place because it’s mysterious and adventurous. You never know what you will encounter. Plus, it’s abandoned. You and your friends are all alone with nature. No crowds, no noise, no anything. Just exploration! How unique!
The imagery and description you added into this makes me envision the abandoned zoo. It makes me more knowledge and imaginative of this abandoned zoo that you and your friends were exploring. I like that!
“This adventure made me really appreciative of how much opportunities I have around me.”
True. Once you’ve explore something unique, you want to explore places around you. It makes you want to explore the world and experience the cultures that we’d never experience. It’s an addicting and memorable hobby.
Keep on exploring place, Curtis! What you are doing is awesome and cool!
“We need the tonic of wildness...At the same time that we are earnest to explore and learn all things, we require that all things be mysterious and unexplorable, that land and sea be indefinitely wild, unsurveyed and unfathomed by us because unfathomable. We can never have enough of nature.”
- Henry David Thoreau
I have always wanted to go to an abandoned amusement park or zoo, so it was interesting to read your story. It was kinda depressing to read the part where you saw the cages. People closed down this zoo, yet they built another one 30 min away from it. I love how adventurous you and your friends are by going through broken gates, and I hope I could someday enjoy nature and my surroundings as much as you did.
It was very interesting to hear you talk about going to an abandoned zoo? Where is it located at? I really loved the imagery you used to describe the place from the places setting being on a hill to minor details such as graffitis on the wall. Also, it’s interesting that you’re excited about the future.
I find myself putting my happiness in the future, waiting to be happy or waiting to enjoy life sometime later.
Whether that’s struggling through school and thinking, I’ll be happy when it’s the weekend or I’ll be happy once I get that A, or I’ll be happy once I get into college.
Or waiting to give myself a break from the everything after I finish the never ending piles of homework, or when I finish college apps, or when it’s summer.
I rarely choose to be happy and choose to stop and enjoy life in the moment. I am pretty busy this year with many extracurriculars (Orchestra Council, SMW, Girl Scouts, church, etc.) and trying to find a balance between schoolwork, my activities, and friends and family. Some days it’s a never ending cycle of homework, working on personal statements and scholarships, preparing for meetings, or tending to responsibilities. While I have learned to find joy in my work, there are still times where I wish I could just relax and enjoy my senior year and make the most of my last high school experience.
But I’m always waiting for later, putting off living until tomorrow, and telling myself I’ll be happy sometime in the future, but uncertain if I will even be able to.
School has robbed me of many of my hobbies, leisure activities, and fun. I don’t take viola and piano lessons anymore, I don’t go on morning hikes with my friends or even do everyday things like shopping. But maybe I just use school and my extracurriculars, many of which are not things I actually enjoy doing, as an excuse for not doing those hobbies. I know I do have time to focus on school while enjoying life, but I don’t.
Thus, I am very excited to spend some much-needed quality time with A on Thursday after school. I don’t get to spend much him during the week as we are both busy with school and everything else going on, so we are going to have a picnic at the park and take his dog on a wilderness adventure. We both really love animals and since I am not allowed to have a dog, I’m excited to spend time with my two favorite things!
Thank you, Mr. Feraco, for giving us this opportunity to get away from it all. I think I’d like to integrate ‘living’ into my weekly routine; I don’t have to wait until the weekend to go on an adventure. I don’t have to wait to be happy when it’s finally Winter Break or summer. And even if I can’t do fun things during the week, I can still learn to enjoy life despite the things that are not so enjoyable. Life is going to pass before my eyes if I don’t make the most of it right now in the present.
Hi, Micaela, I really enjoyed your post. I really related when you said you always felt that you were always “putting off living until tomorrow.” I had never really thought of it that way; I had usually thought of it as “putting off the relaxation until the weekend.” But now, I realize I’m not actually living. That the school life we have and the constant studying we do isn’t really living. It’s almost as if we’re wasting our lives.
It’s also nice to hear that your definition of living includes spending time with someone else, instead of just you doing something fun yourself. And I admire your goal of “living” everyday, a hard goal that but one that is definitely worth achieving.
Hey Micaela! I found your post pretty relatable, because for me i'm always too busy with extracurriculars to spend quality time with my family and friends as well. Im sure thats probably a true story for most of us. I find your goal of incorporating "living" weekly routine admirable, and honestly it's something i'm inspired to try as well. Thanks for this post, and keep up the good writing!
Hi Micaela! I thought your post was really relatable, especially the part about "using school as an excuse to not do the hobbies we enjoy". Although this sounds awkward to the average person, who doesn't have school, homework, extracurriculars, and college apps to worry about, from the viewpoint of a fellow student with a hectic schedule, I can definitely relate. It's hard to learn that sometimes we need to set aside our schoolwork and stress to find something to do so that we can live in the moment and enjoy our time as…well..kids. I'm glad that you were able to find this in spending time with A, and I hope you find more time to do the things you enjoy.
Search For Human Potential
8 October 2015
There is one thing that I haven't been able to do, but always wanted to do for 2 yrs now. I just don’t understand why everyone keeps saying, “Oh my god, I need some starbucks right now.” I’m not allowed to drink coffee because my parents say it’s bad for my health to drinking coffee at a young age. So what makes Starbucks so good? How come everyone loves it? How does it taste? Those are the questions I asked myself for around 2 years now.
Today I told my mom, “Well mom, it’s for school, and if I don’t drink it, I will surely fail the class.” Thanks to Mr. Feraco I can finally drink Starbuck.
Reflection: My brother recommended me a double chocolate chip with vanilla mocha. Sounds tasty already. It was indeed delicious, but just a little bit too sweet. Every sip, was creamy, sweet, and a taste of chocolate. This might not be very “adventurous” but indeed the best first coffee. It was good enough that I finally understand why people yell, “I need some starbucks.” I finally understood people’s “need” for starbucks.
Let me start off by saying that this was really funny. while i was reading this i could not stop laughing.
As a regular Starbucks drinker , i think that your first time was a success,but maybe next time try a tea. I recommend the berry hibiscus
I like how you explained your story in a specific time, and I also love coffee. Overall the story was interesting, but it was a bit too vague and there was not enough detail to fully explain how you felt when you drink Starbucks for the first time.
I was also spectacle about Starbucks at first. But after trying some it is pretty good and i definitely would go there again.
The Pursuit of Happiness Through Giving
Everyday gestures has became what I’ve taken advantage of; having fresh water to drink, being able to see the sky, and most importantly not living in fear. It is unimaginable to think that sometimes the simplest pleasures are actually a privilege. This week I would like to give back to someone who isn’t as fortunate as I am in some type of way. Happiness naturally comes to me when I am able to make a positive impact on someone. I also learn about myself during the journey of giving.
Last night my friend and I headed down to Little Tokyo for a yummy sushi dinner. I had an enjoyable time; I ate so much food that walking became a workout. On our way back on the train home, a very pale white, thin-skinned guy approached us. This guy looked my age, possibly younger. He was trying to sell a box of chocolates. We first refused him, but as we watched his efforts, I thought of how grateful I am to be able to have a full meal without struggling financially. Being hungry was rarely a problem for me; I am in a very fortunate circumstance. I gave him all of the change I had in my wallet, hoping he could buy himself some food for the week. Attempting to help him made me feel happy that I was able to impact him in a positive way. I found happiness through giving.
Encountering this guy reminded me that no matter how bad of a day you’re having, there will always be someone who is struggling in a more difficult circumstance. So next time you upset over running out of new shoes to wear, or not being able to buy something, think gratefully. Be grateful that you are able to live without, and give back to whom of the less fortunate.
I completely agree on the idea of appreciating everything you have. We have grown into a very luxurious and materialistic lifestyle in which we have taken for granted. But there are always the less fortunate. It is always good to give, I also find happiness through giving. As a kid, I used to be really selfish, I wouldn't share my toys with other kids. I even hated sharing food with family, I still hate sharing to some extent. But I learned that it's more important to be considerate to others. What you did for that guy was a really good thing!
I agree sometimes we get so caught up in our little problems forgetting that there is always someone else out there that has it a thousand times worse. Not saying we should never feel upset or feel sorry for ourselves, but we should take time out of our lives and be grateful for what we have. I'm glad you had the opportunity to help out that guy because the ability of giving to others is truly a beautiful thing.
Hi, Jasmine! I like your post! After reading your post, I think that we should not always feel we have an unsatisfied life, because there is always someone that having a worse situation than us. I feel I am very satisfied with my life now. My mom is able to give me whatever I want. Now, I feel I am so greedy. I feel like whenever we feel unsatisfied about something, we have to first think about people that will be worse than us.
Hey Jasmine, that's so kind of you to help that person. When we were given this assignment I totally only thought that we were the ones who had to go out and have fun. However after reading you're now I understand that by doing that you're essentially "killing two birds with one stone". I love how you had yummy sushi because I agree sushi is totally tummy XD. And thanks it's very satisfying to get reminded that yeah sometimes we don't need the physical things in life. I had a question though, not saying I doubt you gave money but how much change did you give him? I know it's a personally and a slightly embarrassing question however I always wonder what is enough to be a good donation? Thanks for the read !
It’s been a long time since I’ve felt connected to nature. As a kid, the farthest I got into nature was my overgrown backyard. Well, I went camping with my family, but all I remember is watching the home videos later on.
So I haven’t been close to nature, not really, not in a while. To get to any woods, I have to go to the mountains, and for that, I need a ride because I can’t drive yet. So, I’d need my parents to drive me. My parents are very loving and will drive my friends and I anywhere even if it’s a burden. The problem is, they both work. So, to do anything during the week is really hard.
This week, I’ve decided to go hiking. I plan to do it tomorrow considering it is a Common Core day and we get out early. The only problem is, my parents don’t get out early. So, I have to take the bus. That puts a little damper in my trip because I can’t go up into the mountains, but I can get close enough to go to Monrovia Canyon. I’m going to take my girlfriend, Elizabeth, because nothing is fun without her. I can’t wait to walk the trail and just rush into the water by the waterfall at the end. Nature is so beautiful, and I wish I didn’t have to live in a concrete jungle.
Today is the day! Elizabeth and I went hiking and it was beautiful. I wish there was more water, but we’re in a drought. Elizabeth loves nature as well. She grew up in Florida, so her backyard was the woods. It was such a great escape for us. It’s a truly happy place where we can forget about school, grades, drama, and stress in general. I wish I could drive so that we could do this more often, but the rarity just makes our time spent there even more special. I love nature and this experience was really great for me. I’m glad I took the time to do it.
It is great that you know what is your favorite and how to get it. Sometimes I make a perfect plan for my weekends or holiday, but most of time I spend time with computer and videogames. I am very envy you that you can achieve your plan immediately. Do not leave things in tomorrow, I will more enjoy the life.
There are so many things that I would love to do in life, but I had to think more realistically when choosing my adventure because I am rather limited in my ability to go places. So I decided that there was nothing better than staying home and having fun in my house. Now you may think that that is boring or ordinary, but for me, I am swarmed by homework as well as athletics that this is a rare thing for me to do.
So I took this afternoon to relax. It is a common core minimum day today making the majority of my day enjoyable and easy. For the first time since around July, I played video games. Not the little measly games on my phone, but on an actual console. I picked up my Wii remote and looked through the dozen or so games I had, taking just as long to choose my game as someone would take deciding what to watch on Netflix.
The game I chose was MLB 2K11. Not the greatest game by anyone’s standards, but something that seemed fun at the moment. I set up the game, Dodgers vs Angels, and proceeded to go through the tutorial because I had totally forgot how to play. Let me just say, this game is so old that Mike Trout had not made his big debut, Matt Kemp is still on the dodgers, and Yasiel Puig was probably still in Cuba. (Shout out to all those who know who these people are!)
The game was a close one, I was tied at 6 going into the last inning. Being the home team, meaning I would field first and bat second, I knew if I could hold them in the last inning, I had a good shot at winning. I gave up 3 runs. I tried my best when it was my turn to bat, hitting back to back home runs to bring the game within a run, but eventually lost 9-8.
Why was this so fun? Why was this so different than what I usually do? I guess I never really have the time to go enjoy myself, to have fun versus being so competitive all the time. I think it was a good thing that I lost the game (And you just did too!!!) because it helps to keep me humble. Even though I know I am good at many things, there are always things in life that will beat me. I just have to know how to get past it and keep moving forward.
And if you’re wondering how I got over my defeat, well… I took a nap.
It is awesome that you had a great time on playing 2k11, but you do realize that 2k16 is coming out don’t you? Anyway, I do remember that I used to enjoy playing NBA 2k13 when I was a sophomore, I love that spectacular game, however, since I became a junior I‘ve barely touched those games, I distributed my time unevenly; 70% of studying and 20% of working out, 10% of the rest, It seem I rarely got a spare time for playing games, and yet I miss that certain delightful moment, I want them back ,sincerely.
It is awesome that you had a great time on playing 2k11, but you do realize that 2k16 is coming out don’t you? Anyway, I do remember that I used to enjoy playing NBA 2k13 when I was a sophomore, I love that spectacular game, however, since I became a junior I‘ve barely touched those games, I distributed my time unevenly; 70% of studying and 20% of working out, 10% of the rest, It seem I rarely got a spare time for playing games, and yet I miss that certain delightful moment, I want them back ,sincerely.
My plans for tomorrow involved going bike riding to Lake Avenue with my friend Maddie. My bike always sits in our patio during the school year since I am always too busy with school to ride it so it will be nice to finally take it for a spin. Maddie and I plan to have a part two of a day we went bike riding in winter break since that one was such a fun adventure mainly because we rode bikes instead of cars. We both can just as easily drive there but it is much more fun to ride our bikes because it is so nice and calming and also a bit scary. This little bike ride will be a lot of fun for me because I rarely ever do anything fun on school days. There is always work that needs to be done and things to stress over causing me to always wait until the weekend to hang out with my friends so this will be a nice break for me.
On Wednesday I had after school but luckily we got dismissed a little earlier than we usually do. It was around five when we left and honestly I was just not as excited to go as the previous day because I had homework that was due the next day. One thing about me is I hate staying up late on school nights doing homework because I always end up being super sleepy the next day and eventually getting a headache. I usually do my homework as soon as I get home because I always take a very long time to finish it so I knew then that it would be a long night for me.
We both had work due the next day so we started our ride in a rush but once we actually started biking all the stress left my mind. It was so beautiful, by that time the weather was perfect and everything was so peaceful. It was near sunset so we also had a gorgeous sky to look at in addition to the beauty of California Blvd. When we made it to Lake Avenue we went to Pieology and hung around for a bit till we had to go back. By the time we were going home it was getting super dark which was a bit of a challenge and quite scary for us but a lot of fun. We both enjoyed the ride back home a lot since it was going downhill it was a lot easier to peddle making it super relaxing.
Although I was very hesitant at first on going on this little adventure I’m glad I did. Both Maddie and I had a lot of fun and I realized that I do not always have to wait for the weekend to enjoy life. There are seven days in a week and if I spend four of those days glued to my school work I will never be able to enjoy life especially now since our teenage years are suppose to be the best times of our lives. Like Ben Sisko said “You can miss it if you don’t open your eyes” and that is exactly what I learned to do. While homework and studying is very important I learned that sometimes we just need to take a look around and enjoy life.
First off, I loved your work! There were so many clear and concise points that flowed in your story- it made it easy to follow. When you said that one does not have to wait for the weekend to enjoy life, it really made me think. I always tend to wait for the weekend to make any plans.
Normally if I have a test Monday, I usually don't even leave my house so I can study. However, I see how unnecessary it is and how much time that wastes. There is ALWAYS time to take out of our days to go outside and, like your example, ride a bike!
You have beautiful descriptions of the scenery and I could just imagine being there. Thanks for the inspiration!
I'm glad that you chose to share your biking story, due to the very fact that I don't even know how to ride a bike. You described your experience very well, saying that it would take your stress away, and how peaceful you felt when riding your bike. Reading your blog post made me want to get out with my friends, and learn how to bike. I also loved the description you put for the area you were biking in, which was California Blvd.
When people are asking me, how is my life, or how is my day, I usually say good, or fine. But when I think back, I realized it was not even near the life I wanted. Everyone may have different life, but I think everyone at some point will think that the life they are having right now, isn't the life they truly wanted. I remembered I always wanted to just play video games the whole time, without stopping at all.
So, I have done playing for seven hours, and now I just want to stop, sleep, relax, so now we go back to a point which I am tired of the things I always wanted to do, and start doing another thing that I want right now. So I think human, will never be satisfy by whatever the things they wanted. Because our brain is constantly working, and if we achieve the happiness we wanted, it might just became a boring thing. But we will form a new "happy goal".
Back to the first Paragraph. I answered yes, because I know if I told no, they will keep asking what is the matter, I just do not want to talk that much, and constantly answering their questions. So that is why most of the time I just say yeah, I had a good day, a good life. But I think even if I tried my best, really best, to do everything. It will never be enough that I will say I am satisfied with the life. Because as we achieve something, something else came up into our mind. So I think people can be happy about their life, but never have enough happiness.
When i was reading your work I was reflecting about my own responses to that question, "how was your day/life" and what i have noticed is that people don't tend to answer very truthfully. people tend to answer to what people want to hear, and the to me is very sad.
Now, as i continued to read i agree it is tough to answer all those questions and frankly sometimes people just don't want to say all that stuff.
and i agree something new is always going to come up and make us unsatisfied with the things we have done , but always remember don't do these things to satisfy someone else do it to satisfy yourself
I think same. It is hard to keep converse from simple greeting. Also that is rest. it is really needed that recover my body, and refresh my brain. But, I hope you to talk with me more than now. You may be able to find your problem that you didn't know about yourself and its solution because of me.
To many, dance seems more like work than an actual "fun" activity. Although it is part of my daily routine, I consider it a part of my leisure, a time where I can let go of whatever is on my mind and just connect with one thing- movement. At times, dance can become tedious when you are constantly memorizing routines, musicality, and counts, but there is a part of dance that many dancers don't often get to experience with, which is improvisation. Instead of carrying out a set "phrase" of choreography, one lets their body feel the music and carry out whichever movement it wants. Since I haven't had the most practice with improv, it has become a small fear of mine. I chose this activity because it allows me to improve upon my skills and allows me to be artistic with my inner self, while also being something that I naturally love to do.
The first few minutes of improvisation can be rocky. Sometimes you can't find the right song, or you need to get past the mental wall and fear of coming up with something right on the spot. After a few tries, I finally completed the task of picking a song that not only fits my personal dance style, but also one that I connect with emotionally. From there, I forgot everything and just danced. A common mistake that many dancers make while improving is filling their movement with bold legs, turns, and jumps, dismissing the true artistry of dance. The reason I personally think improv is useful is because it allows new choreography to be built and gives a more "go for it" attitude, because your body creates movements that it wouldn't necessarily have thought of before. It allows you to concentrate on the music and just do what feels right.
I am actually pleased that we were presented with this assignment because it allowed me to step outside of my comfort zone a little bit. I am used to being drilled on certain choreography or technical combinations and don't always get the chance to make some of my own. Dance in particular is especially important to me, because it allows me to express myself in ways which I cannot in real life. It lets me find and present parts of myself that I have never shown and gives me a greater confidence in myself and my abilities. I have never felt more "myself" than when I am dancing, and I like to take each experience and learn something from it whether it he new tricks or artistic/personal understanding.
Hi Kaylee. We haven’t talked very much in high school, but I’ve seen you perform with Orchesis during assemblies. I’m always amazed at how talented you are. I’m really glad that dance has remained something you love to do. I too think improv is scary, Especially to me when others are around. I think of it as a very honest way of dancing. It’s spontaneous and freeing, in a way.
Monday/ 5 October 2015/ 9:46 PM
Today was probably the best day of my senior year so far because I am actually permitted to do whatever I want as a homework assignment! Who does that! This exciting news gave mommy and daddy quite a questionable look but I’m so thankful that they granted my wish.
Almost every tuesday my parents drive to Korea Town to watch movie and have their mini romantic date. They enjoy driving all the way down to Ktown for just a movie because this CGV Theater either translates American movies or shows recently updated Korean movies which my parents are both fond of, and on top of that, every Tuesdays are half off so they seize the chance to spend their night despite the heavy traffic and long waits.
I love watching all kinds of movies, except the horror ones because they always keep me awake the whole night. But as years at high school progressed, I see myself distancing further and further away from the movie theater, and eventually stop paying attention to what's new. This made me utterly sad because watching movies was one of the Yu family’s way of bonding. Even when the other three were watching TV at home, I couldn't bother myself to join them anymore because “I got work to do” as I always said to mommy.
I am quite lucky to be born into a family where both parents truly wish me for my happiness rather than an A on a report card. They always gave me an A for effort. But the competitiveness in me was ever so restless, I pursued perfection upon completion but I was always nervous, anxious and unhappy for the results I received because they were never good enough too my eyes. My parents always taught me in a very Christian manner that “when I let go, God will provide” but I was insecure thus resulting me to shut out more and more doors, isolating me in my own little room with the only accompany of textbooks and piles of papers.
So since this kind of unique assignments do not exist very often I took my courage to get out of my room and asked my parents if I could be their little third wheeler, and thankfully they said yes! And in fact they bribed my brother to join us on the movie run so we can spend a family time together. Other than going to church every Sunday, it’s very hard to see all four faces at one place and at the same time, so this is going to be a good one!
I am not looking forward to the traffic as much but I am super duper excited for the movies and the coffee boba place mommy always speaks of! Although I didn't really feel like doing anything, but maybe this is my inspiration to work hard today so I can enjoy tomorrow fully.
Tuesday & Wednesday/ 6 October 2015/ 12:34 PM (Actually this means it’s Wednesday already...)
As I had anticipated yesterday, traffic was insane, it took us 2 hours to get to downtown and by the time we went to a restaurant near the theater it was almost empty because the dinner time has long passed. But after all the wait and some delicious food and my encounter with the “The Best” coffee boba, says mom, the Korean movie “Accidental Detective” gave me so much more laughter than I expected from the title itself.
It was quite a long day now that I am finally back home, and I am actually more physically exhausted then the fun I had, but surely I am mentally refreshed and awaken with some positive laughs and some valued quality time with the family.
Thank you Mr. Feraco giving me such an interesting twist on an assignment.
Wednesday/ 7 October 2015/ 10:32 PM
As an usual stop to my daily routine, bestie and I met in front of the D hall restroom between 1st and 2nd passing period. And unexpectedly, this assignment took itself a little further to give myself another extra break.
As much as I don't only get to spend time with my family, I am also that terrible best friend who always claims “I am busy!” And since this week is a short week with Common core and Minimum day, I accepted my bestie’s request to watch a movie together! Maybe movies have this magical attraction that bonds me with others.
Normally I would be very stressed knowing that I could be being more productive by finishing some homework instead of “wasting” time at the mall for 2-3 hours by staring at the screen (although I love to watch movie!). However, I realized how many times I have said “No” to the people that are truly valuable around me due to my own selfish, lowkey, “I’m a nerd” excuse to their invitation. It hit me and, it really upsets me on how much I missed out and how unsatisfied I was of myself that I had no escape of.
Maybe this assignment is more than doing something fun for the first time, but it actually forced me to think back and act ahead. No longer I want to be piled in the mountains of work, work, work, and work, but actually “poke my head up once in awhile… to see that's really going on.” For a long time, I was too desperate in attempting to developing my own self behind my close shut door, I had miss the chance to be embraced by the love that my valuable ones can provide me with. Maybe it is really the time for me to actually be appreciative of my parent's teaching, learn to let go and look around my surrounding for the first time, because life is not lived with my own self, but together, in a harmony of others, and “ [I] can miss it if [I] don’t open [my] eyes.”
After reading your comment to my post, I was super excited to read yours to see how similar we are. Since the first day I've known you, I thought you were such an adorable girl, and it definitely shows in your writing! I love the fact that your parents still go on romantic dates and that they value their daughter's happiness more than the first letter of the alphabet on a piece of paper. When I read about how you've realized the amount of times you've said no to people, I was able to really connect with you. We tend to have more productive things to do that we reject invitations to just relax and have fun. I think it's a wonderful habit to work hard, but we should reward ourselves from time to time.
Good job Jenny! (:
I love how you format your blog in a diary form, it explains the sequence of things perfectly, and most importantly, it clearly shows different reflections you developed daily.
Your parents' little dates are so cute! I am so happy for you for having such a wonderful family! The description of the interactions between you and your family makes me want to get to know you even more. They are so vivid! They make me want to get to know you better.
Also, I see some connections between us when I read that your parents don't necessarily demand for all As as long as you have tried your best.
Hi Jenny. Really liked your formatting of the post-- it gave a good description of what you did for the assignment. What I liked the best, however, was the metamorphosis you went through-- how you related it back to The Visitor, where you realized you didn’t poke your head up enough. You admitted your mistakes of what you did in the past and hopefully, you will learn from this experience and appreciate your surroundings more. I wish you the best of luck.
I have these giant elongated squash in my backyard. My dad usually plants them every year. They climb up this metal arbor we have; wrapping the square metal rods with their thin curly tendrils and blossoming light yellow flowers that point up to the sky. My mom would always tell me to come outside, and look at the blossoms, as the bees pollinate them and nature does “it’s thing.”
This year dad didn’t plant any “zucchetta”, as these squash are called. He got a new job at the beginning of the summer and didn’t have time to tend to them. But a vine still sprouted. And at the end of the summer, three glorious zucchetta, at least four feet long, had grown and were dangling from the top of our steel arbor.
The funny thing about these squash is that they lose their flavor after they’ve grown more than a foot., But we rarely eat them, because the edible giants make my parents happy. They just kind of hang there. Changing from a pastel green to a muted sunset orange color, never being harvested. Just hanging.
For years I’ve wanted to paint them. I remember going to a friends and family barbeque. My mom was telling someone about these odd vegetables we have and a guy said, “Oh yeah we grow something like that too. My daughters like to paint them.” Ever since that moment, whenever I look at the zucchetta I have an almost involuntary desire to drench them in paint and meaning, to write words and draw faces.
And that’s exactly what I’m going to do. I really don’t care if my parents get mad. I’ve asked them several times if I could paint the zucchetta. Each time they’ve just kind of laughed and said no.
But I feel like doing it.
It might be a little selfish. But I need to paint these squash. I can’t really explain why. I think there’s a deeper reason for this desire somewhere. Maybe I’ll find this meaning after I finish my living masterpiece.
Five jars of finger paints, two tubes of puffy paint, a random bottle of white paint, and random jewelry from the depths of my drawers. I used all these things to decorate it. The ground was wet from sprinklers, or rain. Purple paint dripped onto the ground and created a small pool on the floor. The squash cried drops of liquid as I pierced it with earrings I no longer wear anymore. The sound of music from phone mixed with my best friend’s laughter as she watched me struggle to drape a long forgotten necklace around the zucchetta.
It felt nice.
But it wasn’t all that I had wanted it to be. I guess like a lot of things, it’s a process. My immediate reaction was dissatisfaction and annoyance at colors which had mixed awkwardly. But as I added more broken jewelry and charms and pinned lavender and bright bougainvillea flowers to it, It became more meaningful. It’s not something of utter beauty. But I think that’s okay because it means something to me.
I’m not done. I will paint another layer, the flowers will rot, and the jewels will inevitably fall off. But that’s life. And it felt good to start something, to do something that I really wanted to do, for me. Not for anyone else, not for my parents, not for my friends, but solely for myself.
You did something different! Something that is different from other entries. I was “hungry” for something unique until I came upon this entry!
You did something unique, which was painting squashes. That’s weird but I love reading weird things! It’s so unique that you got to do something that is different from others.
Playing Sports, Eating Different Food, and then Painting Squash? This entry so different and that’s why I chose to reply to you because it’s different plus you got to experience nature which we rarely do.
I especially loved the vivid imagery to the backyard with the squashes. I wished I was at that backyard so I could see the beauties of nature.
I love how you add a little emphasis on family with the garden and especially “zucchetta.” It lets the reader feel at home or comfortable to be invited.
I love this. Write entries with nature. What a wonderful entry.
Thank you so much! I was initially nervous that my post would be “too weird”. I have to admit it is really strange. I guess there are a lot of things I could’ve done instead that would have been more “normal”, but painting my squash felt the most the true to me. I’m glad you liked the imagery! Zucchetta are such a strange plant, it’s really hard to communicate how they look without pictures. Nature is very special. Thanks again for reading and replying to my post.
Ever since I was a little, one of the things I like doing is going out. I like going out and having fun because it is really stuffy at home and I am always drawn onto internet. That is why I always force myself to enjoy nature and do so many fun things I can with people. Even though I like going out, I don’t get to do this thing often because of money. Whenever I go out, my mom is always complaining about how much I spent. This is really one of my true happiness but then I feel like there is still a limit in having fun. I should not waste money that my parents worked hard for.
I also like listening to music or using phone. As a student, the stress that I received from the school can be taken away by listening to music. As I am doing this blog, I am also listening to music. I don’t know why but music makes me feel relieved and help me write whatever is in my mind. My favorite type of music is Kpop. My father always tells me that I am wasting my time on korean singers too much. I don’t think so. Yes, I am wasting my time on someone who doesn’t even know my existence but it is okay for me. There is a joy in fangirling them because they always pull me out from this stressful world and forget about life for a while. They also help me make so many new friends. I always had a hard time making friends because I had no same interests as others. I actually do this almost everyday but then again, there is a limit in fangirling because it can actually affect my grades.
I feel really happy with what I have or do right now in my life. Not everything needs to be perfect so I am glad with things I have right now and I also don’t need to be happy all the time. I feel like in every happiness, there is always limit in it and we should always know the limit. Having fun is good but there should be some restriction. Most of the things I like to do are things I can do but I choose not to because we can’t just think about happiness. There are some consequences that can affect your life and your happiness can be taken away forever. It is better to have some happiness and restriction than happiness being completely taken away.
Hi Sarah! I’m really glad that you’re enjoying life right now and are content with what you have done so far. I’ve always admired how you live your life by placing happiness as your number one priority. In my opinion, that’s the only true way to get the most out of the time we have here on Earth. Because you enjoy going out, you should do it more often. There are many ways to have fun outdoors without spending too much money, or any money at all for that matter. We should do something fun together! Hey, we could listen to Korean pop music (and Maroon 5) while hiking in the mountains; this way you kill two birds with one stone. No matter how much better Maroon 5 is than the Bangtan Boys , I agree that you are not wasting your time by listening to them. Life’s too short to be doing, or in this case, listening to things you don’t like. I also agree with you that sometimes happiness should be restricted. Too much excitement could lead to impulsive decision-making which could in turn lead to an unfortunate, and potentially dangerous, situation quickly.
Living the Music
There are times when I like to get comfortable and just let the music drown me out from the world. As the music flows through every inch of my body, it gets harder and harder to sit still. The tip of my fingers would begin tapping, then my head would follow, nodding to the addicting beats. Finally, I would stop restraining myself, giving up trying to stay still and start dancing my heart out.
“The truest expression
of a people is in its
dance and in its music.
Bodies never lie.” - Agnes de Mille
Ever since I sprained my ankle, it has been getting more difficult for me to dance like I used to. Especially due to my stubborn mind last year, I worsened my condition by continuing to dance with intensity, not letting my ankle to recover. I’ve stopped dancing for a while now, and haven’t gone to a class since last year. The pain would come back every time I try hard a choreography, and yet it’s strange how I don’t feel it until after I finish. I used to always spend hours dancing not giving in to the pain, not letting myself feel it. However, with persuasion from my parents to take better care of myself, I decided to stop, but of course not completely.
“ There are shortcuts to
happiness and dancing
is one of them” - Vicki Baum
I’m not a great dancer but I’d like to think of myself as a passionate one. I love to choreograph my own dances occasionally, it speaks my feelings without a single word uttered from my mouth. Every move that’s taken with control, steps that glide on the smooth floor, turns that pierce through it with strength and grace combined becomes a physical form of my emotions. I’ve missed it so much, the feeling of getting lost in the music, and the overflowing emotions aligning with the lyrics of the song making it absolutely explosive. There is no other happiness that replaces it, the sense of letting go and freeing the inner me in a beautiful art form.
“ Dance is the poetic baring
of the soul through motion” - Scott Nilsson
After my adrenaline dies down, I got a sense of piercing pain on my ankle and despite that it feels as though it was all worth it. Every satisfaction comes with a price to pay and I am willing to pay it once in awhile. Since for that period of time, I was alive and the rest of the world disappeared. My mind was not filled with school, friends, families, future, or the past, because in that moment, I was living in the present and I was genuinely happy. I’ve learned to dance like no one’s watching and those moments are when I am my truest self, every part of me exposed.
Hello Yee, a very interesting blog. I liked the fact that you put in lyrics, then putting forth your own experience and thoughts. I too am a fan of music, and I find the power of music fascinating. Music is such an influential tool. I can change someone from happy to sad, tired to energetic, and etc. You blog got to let me know a little more about who you are and what you like doing. Keep up the good work!
Thank you! I'm glad you enjoyed reading it. Music really is very magical and captivating.
Hey Yee! I really enjoyed reading your blog. Not only do I love it, but I also know it. I ocassionally hear about the pain you feel in your ankle after you dance but you being a stubborn girl who would do anything you love, you never let your pain stop you. I know dancing is your passion but sometimes when your ankle really hurts, you have to just take a break. A "break" not "stop." But continue what you love to do! You are really good at dancing by the way
The first feeling was amazement overfilling my senses. Did my ears actually deceive me? Did my own teacher, mentor, and coach actually ask me to complete this task? No it couldn't be... To do something that I actually enjoy?
Walking out of the classroom, only one thing truly came to mind. “I know what I want to do.” I thought with sheer joy. “I want to take some leisure time to myself this week.”
The normal routine during the long weekdays are composed of arduous homework, frantically studying, and running my heart out. School does give me the chance to talk and interact with classmates, however I have limited time to be able to actually have fun with them after school. It could be cross country or just the great hours I know I will dread, I often miss social interactions with friends.
But, (and I think our lovely teacher Feraco helped me with this assignment) a common core day was coming up. First, I thought I would spend the time just playing videogames with my friends online. Surprisingly, my friends came to me and asked if I would spend the day with them. Figuring it would be more fun to join my friends for lunch and a walk, I happily agreed knowing that this would be more fun to write about than my original idea.
Soon, we arrived at a Korean restaurant; starving and hoping
for a quick meal. Walking in, we were greeted by a kind woman who asked, “3?” and we replied “yes.” The food came promptly, making all of us smile and indulge on the tasty delicacies we ordered. The kimchi was delicious and the tofu soups we ordered were so delicious. Everything tasted better with my friends, and I finally got to socialize with a friend I hadn’t had a face-to-face conversation in weeks.
After filling up on the side dishes and our entrees, we promptly paid. Figuring that we had the day to ourselves, we began to walk the streets of Arcadia. The cars zoomed by, and we continued to talk about miscellaneous topics. We finally reached an Internet Cafe and decided to enter.
It was dark barely illuminated by the screens of computers, stuffy, and filled people. Waiting patiently for the next available spot, we watched people play games for hours and we ourselves got the opportunity to also play together. The experience was something I hadn’t felt in a while to fully immerse myself with my friends and have genuine fun.
As the hours quickly passed, such as the example of Mr. Feraco’s “lag of time”, it was late and we decided to leave.
Looking back, I feel extraordinarily happy to accept this assignment. It has given me a look into my relationships and potentially insight how life will be without the constraint of High School. Perhaps, I might be able to go on these excursions (presumably I can afford them) and enjoy the experiences with my friends. I love the company of my friends and I hope to continue these bonds throughout my lifetime. Days like these I will always treasure, because friends and events are priceless.
Hi Brandon! Your blog reminds me of how I was when I was in elementary and middle school. I too am plagued with endless homework assignments and SAT study sessions, and it is great that you get to finally break out of that for once and hang out with your friends like this in your last year of high school. I believe that in the near future, although you may not see these friends often again, you will have many fond memories of them because of moments like this.
My reaction was very similar to yours when Mr. Feraco gave us this assignment. I found much ease in completing it because for once, we did not have to think deeply.
I also feel like my social interactions with people outside of school have been very limited, so finding times like these are priceless.
I really like your last sentence as well because I cherish those days just as much. No one will remember these 13 mile long runs that we do, but we will always remember the times we laughed and played with our friends.
Before the Adventure:
When I think of adventure, I imagine a tranquil place where I can relax and be surrounded by people I love. I want to escape reality and observe the world in a new perspective. I picture myself looking over the city with the warmth of the sun shining on the city. I’ve never been to a view on the mountain before and it’s been on my bucket list, so I thought what more a perfect time than now? I asked my friends to come along with me because the only thing better than exploring is sharing an experience with others. I haven’t caught up with these friends in a while, so I was looking forward to it. We stopped by In-N-Out and I thought to myself that we wouldn’t always have this opportunity to be together and I wanted to make the most out of it.
During the Adventure
I was scared driving up the mountain because the road was narrow and unfamiliar. There were blind curves and steep inclines, but my friend guided me during the trip. Pop music played in the background as we chatted and joked around. If this was foreshadowing anything I would feel later, I was eager to see what would happen next. I saw glimpses of the view on the way up and I couldn’t imagine how stunning it would be when we actually got to the top. I stepped out of the car and it was at least 95 degrees. The air was hot and dry, but the view was incredible. I saw the racetrack, Downtown Los Angeles, and the beautiful sky (although polluted). The sky was crystal blue, the clouds pearly white, and the smog splayed across the city, but the scenery was dazzling nonetheless. I felt at peace, and for the first time in forever, I had no worries. I won’t forget the feeling I had overlooking the city 1500 feet above ground, eating hamburgers with some of my closest friends, and enjoying our time together. I wanted this moment to be frozen in time and remembered forever.
After the Adventure
There are no words for how happy I was to be with my friends and enjoy something that I’ve always wanted to do. In that moment, I forgot about college applications, schoolwork, and petty high school drama. None of that mattered when I was up there. That was a fulfilling experience I won’t forget, and I wish I had the time to do this more often. I never would’ve thought that something so simple as going up a mountain would teach me that no matter how frightening the journey is, as long as you surround yourself with positive people and you’re doing something you love, the adventure will always be worth it.
As seniors, we become too absorbed with the future. With hectic schedules and college applications, it’s important to take a breath and absorb what’s happening in the present. Use every opportunity you can to live your life to your own wills and wishes, even if it’s just for a moment.
I took pictures throughout my adventure, and it would mean a lot to me if you took the time to take a look at them. Thank you!
Hey Amanda, thanks for the pictures they looked great. I like the type of format you put your blog into. Thought process and constant thinking is seriously how we think sometimes and in this case I was able to relate. I enjoyed the simplicity of your adventure and the vivid details of the mountain. I felt the heat ! It's nice to know you and your friends were able to hang out like that. Eating in and out is literally the only way to go XD. And I also think that's definitely a memory worth hanging on too, did you know most people later in life regret not hanging out with their friends. So good for you Amanda. By the way what mountain did you go too? Is it like free for public view or did you need like one of those 5 dollar permits? It was fun reading your blog keep up the great work.
It was a great experience for me and it shed a light on how little things can hold the most significance. I'm glad that you could relate to my post; I wanted to upload pictures and create imagery because I wanted to share the details of my trip and how much it meant to me with everyone. Thank you so much for taking your time to look at my pictures and responding!
Sorry, I forgot to mention that it was at Chantry Flats Road. Just go northbound on Santa Anita Ave and stay on the right and follow Chantry Flats Road. It was free, but if you go all the way to the recreation area, it costs $5 to park. It's a beautiful trail that I definitely recommend!
“My Family was my guide to my reality.”
Family time seems to always be something that we take for granted or put off until the next weekend because we have to do homework or hang out with other people. As for me, it is a privilege that I have taken advantage of. I haven’t been able to spend time with my mom because of school or just because I want to have some time to myself. When Mr. Feraco put things to perspective by stating that we have less than 10 years with our parents, it really got me thinking. How many opportunities have I missed spending time with my mom?
I realized that I have always put my mom as a second priority. From sleeping until noon on a Sunday rather than spending a quality breakfast with my mom (she’s a morning person) to not talking to her in the car because I am stressing out over the next test or quiz in my classes. Furthermore, the list goes on and on...from telling my mom I can’t spend the few Saturdays that she has off to go to a Key Club event or Track meet or just to hang out with my other friends. When thinking of this assignment, spending quality time wasn’t one of the first things that came to mind because I thought of more exciting things like running or reading. While those activities are things I don’t do often, when thinking more I realized that my life wouldn’t be the way it is without my mom.
It was a quiet Wednesday evening, just finished doing all my homework and chores. As I was about to sit down and watch American Horror Story I realized that this was the perfect time to spend time with my mom. So I called her from the other room and asked her to watch the show with me. She was hesitant to watch the show with me because she doesn’t like horror shows, but nothing says bonding than watching a clown run around killing people and nearly dying from jumpscares. I made some popcorn for the occasion before the show so the house smelled like popcorn and we sat down on the leather couch. Then, as the commercials started to come on we started talking about school and basically life. I did not realize how relieve it is to talk to my mom about my stresses and to catch up. Although I see my mom everyday, I don’t always have the chance to have a quality talk time with her since we both are always on the go. Talking to my mom helps me clear my head and helps me understand that my life isn’t stressful. I always blamed my erratic schedule for not being able to spend time with my mom but it wasn’t my schedule’s fault, it was mine. People says that life gets in the way of family, but in reality I have to be the one to free up time to spend more time with my family.
The next day, I started talking to my mom in the car again. We chatted the whole way to school and although there was traffic we were, for once, not upset with how slow it was going. I realized that I should always cherish the moments I have because one day I might not be able to talk to my mom about my issues. I am glad that I was assigned with this task because not only did I get to spend time with my mom, but I also got to create a stronger connection. I realized that life moves very fast, but if I don’t slow things down to cherish the moments I have with my loved ones, I will live to regret it. I know that some people may think it’s lame to spend time with their parents but I find that spending time with my mom is something that makes me happy. It is something that helps me escape all the stresses of my life and have someone to talk to about my issues. In conclusion, spending time with myself is something that is fun for me, but spending time with my mom is something that I cherish because I can spend my whole life being by myself but only a few more years with my mom.
It is definitely not lame spending time with family. Like you, I am always spending my time doing school work, hanging out with friends, or with Chanteurs. Because of this, I use whatever chance I have to talk to my mom, as well as my brothers and grandparents. Cherishing every moment you have with family is a great thing. As you said, life moves really fast. We won't always be able to have the opportunity to simply ask how they are doing or how their day was. Cherish every moment!
I’m glad to hear that you find time to talk to your family because in our fast paced world where everything is always on the go, it’s hard to slow down and take everything in. Also, as you said, with all the school work we have it’s hard to realize that we should take time to cherish the moment we have left with our family. Thanks for the inspiring words to cherish the moment!
What you wrote was so nice because it is great to build a strong relationship with your family. I love hanging out with my parents and sibling because we build a stronger a bond and open up to one another about our problems. But good for you and your mom for starting to go forth with one another to build that strong connection as mother and son because it kind of is important
I’ve felt the same way you have felt about making your mom your second priority, and not spending quality time with her because of school, work, or personal activities etc. Whatever it may be, we could always make time for our loved loves, no matter how busy we are. Because at the end of the day they’ll always be there for us. They also always will put us as their first priority.
I really enjoyed your post about how you choose to spend time with your mother. It reminds me to not only cherish and make great memories with my friends, but also with my family. It reminds me that, honestly I wont have that much time with my family anymore after college. I might not have a job in the same state or even country as my family, and it will be harder and harder for me to make time to see my family. As you said, to not take granted of the time that you have left with your family.
When was the last time I went to volleyball practice everyday of the week? It was probably last year as far as I can remember.
Being able to spend three hours after school everyday to play volleyball has always been a hobby of mine. But recently, due to college applications and many school assignments, I’ve only found time to go once a week, which often resulted in me staying up late to finish school assignments.
Luckily, all my teachers have decided to assign projects this week, (which means no homework until sunday night.) Therefore, I’ve been enjoy myself by going to practice everyday for the past week. I really enjoy having the time to play sports and I’ve been trying to enjoy those moments for as long as I can because I know I’m going to end up spending a lot of time on those projects this weekend.
Practice has always been exciting. It’s a place where I can share memorable experiences with friends and compete with other people. It’s a place where I can forget all the stressful moments I’ve encountered and the sadness I’ve endured. It’s a place where I don’t have to think about anything and focus only on playing ball. It’s a place where I can just be myself.
Looking back, I realized my love for volleyball as a hobby, enjoying every moment I’ve spent playing on the court. There are times where it feels really satisfying to get a good pass or a good hit or fun when I fail miserably. For example, I was going for a ball today in practice and I accidently slipped and fell. It sure sounds embarrassing but it was actually really fun because all the other players were enjoying themselves too.
Thank you Mr. Feraco for not assigning homework until after my volleyball practices. I really enjoyed this week.
Hey Kevin, I'm sorry to hear that you can't spend as much time as you can anymore to do the things you like, but at least you can still keep playing every so often, so that isn't too bad! Maybe after college applications and the rest of school stress, you'll be able to find some time into practicing Volleyball to your heart's content. Best of luck to you!
For someone who tries very hard to stay out of the cycle of school, homework, and sleep I find myself to be in that same stupid cycle. I choose to let myself be this way, instead of exploring my youth and doing things that are considered memorable and exhilarating I find myself buried in books and the occasional Red Bull every week. My youth was definitely a waste, in fact the latest exhilarating moment I experienced was a very thrilling episode of Friends and a cup of ramen on a Friday night.
As much as I am technologically inclined and wired to behave under normal societal conditions I too like to unplug myself and open a cobwebbed caked window and taste nature’s breath in my lungs. The one thing I don’t do very often is go to the beach as night. As ironic as this is going to sound, I don’t enjoy going to beaches on a hot day. Being caked with sand in every uncomfortable nook and cranny you can imagine with an army of screaming children with their pail and shovels is not my cup of tea. As I once experienced on what I admit to be a very decent and memorable date turned out to be an unforgettable memory.
Back in my junior year my date drove me out to Newport Beach at around 10 at night. The weather wasn’t very chilly and a cup of hot chocolate and a croissant was all I needed to soak in the view of the area. The view was from the pier was better than I could have imagined and what made everything better was that it was just my date and I. We’re no longer together, and to be honest it could have been anyone that night either way I felt a sense of joy and peace. Something I could never feel trapped in the confinement of my room. I decided to relive that moment. The quiet night life with the gentle waves rolling in on the cold yet comfortable sand bed at the shore.
I decided to go on a Tuesday down to Newport Beach around 9 pm. I figured not many people would be wandering around on a Tuesday and I could get more alone time with myself. I took a stroll down the pier and looked as the waves splashed onto shore. All my life I enjoyed the company of people. Sucking up their energy and feeling rejuvenated by their presence made me feel like I was truly being myself. Yet just like every other thing we need juxtaposition to balance everything out. Independency, silence, finding one’s self through peace and a serene mind were all things I wanted to embrace in that moment. What did I want to achieve?
Through all of my little deja vu moment at the pier and strolling through the shores of the beach I found that I simply sparked a feeling. Something I knew I was far too inexperienced and young to decipher. Why did I come here? How come I can’t clear and organize my thoughts around people? Around city life? Questions I don’t know the answer to. As simple as my little trip was it is sadly a known fact that I do not leave the house much. I’m not close to where I want to be. To have that freedom to get out and leave and live. Why can’t I do that for myself? Why can’t I allow myself putting in that extra effort to come to the beach as frequently as I can? To watch the sunset and soak in the quietness of the deafening night? A million questions rushed to my head and none I have an answer too. Taking the effort to drive out an hour to NewPort only to be hit with a sudden feeling. A feeling that I should have felt all this time. What a bittersweet uncertainty.
Your post stood out to me because of how you continuously reflected upon yourself and your outlooks on life. Your adventure sounded peaceful and you truly immersed yourself into this assignment. I hope you can have more wonderful adventures that you are able to learn so much from. Thank you for sharing your experience, I really enjoyed reading it!
I can imagine it.
I am ready to go. Helmet on (although I would prefer not to use one). My bike out of my garage and I am on top of it. My feet push the pedal and slowly I begin to move.
I bought my bike a year ago and it has been sitting in my garage since. When I first got it, I told myself I would ride every single day. First day, second day, and third day I rode. The fourth day I stopped.
“No time,” I said.
Time was spent on daily activities ranging from school to homework to extracurricular. Destination and loneliness also became the problem. With no place in mind to go, I was not motivated. With no one to go with, I was afraid to venture off somewhere alone.
Biking is something I love, but rarely get to do. I love that gush of wind blowing on my face. I love that power that travels to my legs allowing me to pedal faster. I love that transition from sitting to standing while biking. I love that speed downhill. I love the pain I feel in my legs as I ride up a hill. I love it because it is just like running, but faster and requires less breathing and arm movements.
This week, I will bike. I will bike without a destination. I will bike alone (but probably not). I will go up a hill, go down a hill, pedal fast, and transition. I will conquer the time and allow it for me to bike.
I decided to bike today. And yes, I procrastinated, but I wanted to bike where I had time to do something fun, something I can make the most out of, so that I am not rushing home with dinner or homework waiting for me. I wanted to bike at 3 pm, but I started pushing it off till 4 pm. I didn’t have a set destination in mine, so I waited.
4:00 pm arrived and I had in mind where to go, my grandma’s house. My sister was supposed to go with me, but she was napping, so I was going on the “journey” alone.
As I was exiting the street I live on, I had hesitation. I wanted to turn back. But I’m glad I didn’t. It was fun. I didn’t ride on the street, because I wanted to be safe. Even though, I rode on the sidewalk, I almost crashed into the bushes. Some streets had no sidewalk, so I was forced to ride behind a vehicle.
Getting to my grandma’s house took me 20 minutes, since she lives in Temple City. After I arrived, I spent 2 hours at her house. It felt like it was the weekends because that’s when I usually visit her. We talked, ate, and watched TV. When it was time for her to make dinner, I decided to head home.
Instead of taking the same route back, I took a different one. I ended up making a stop at the My Place Convenience Store near the school to grab the rice balls my sisters and I have been craving for. I waited 10-20 minutes for the rice balls and then I headed home.
The horizon in the morning at 6:30 am was blue, pink, and orange. The horizon at the end of my journey at 7:00 pm was also blue, pink, and orange. Strange, but it feels like a connection.
Today was the only day I did not have a routine. I did not fall into the cycles of routine. I did something different and that was biking. I was biking far and not just around my neighborhood. I was biking to a destination, with no specific route or direction. It was spontaneous and adventurous. I was happy I got to experience something I do not usually get to experience. I treated this activity day like it was the last day I would ever live. I treated like it was the last thing I could do. Treating it like that made me realize that we all would have an end and if we don’t start living life and looking up more often, life would go by even if we are not living it.
Hi Vivian! I really enjoyed your story. I especially liked the fact that you treated it like it was the last thing you would do. I think that's an approach to the assignment that not many people took, and its in my opinion one of the most honest ways you could have done it. I think that the fact that you got to take a bike ride, despite initial hesitation, and then enjoy time with your grandma is really nice. I actually wish that I had taken that approach to the assignment, because I probably would have done something different. Keep up the good writing!
Hi Vivian! First of all, I just want to compliment your writing skills. From K-11, we were taught how to write formal essays, consisting of an intro, approximately three bodies, and a conclusion...and let’s not forget how much the teachers nag at us for how strong our thesis needs to be...Why I liked your post so much is because you’re breaking away from the formal writing structure in which we were all taught to follow. I can see in your work that you’re learning fast from Mr. Feraco, and admittedly to say, I’m a bit jealous that you adapted to this new style in which I’m still trying to learn. On top of that, I like the many minor details you added to your passion of biking. If you never knew, I bike roughly four days a week (mostly to and from school), and I completely understand your emotions when it comes to biking. I couldn’t have explained the feeling any better than you have. Keep up the awesome work and keep shooting for your horizon!
“ Happiness” is a very wide word. Everyone has a different definition of “happiness”.Some people think if they have many wealths that is happiness. Some people think if they can have food to eat that is happiness. Some people think if they can have a job that is happiness. I am not really happy with who am I right now. For me, happiness is my parents could spend more time with me.
From child to now, my parents do not have time to stay with me. Because they are very busy at work, and they always come home late. The time of eating dinner with them is very few. I always eat dinner with my sister and nanny. Eating dinner with my parents is every cherish for me. I was so jealous my friends who can always eat dinner with their parents.
Happiness is my parents could spend more time with me. Some people might look like it is every easy to achieve, but it’s hard for me. But after I think deeply about this question, I think I am happy. Because I have many people that love me and support me. In my opinion, happiness is a kind of experience. It’s not saying that who is happier. Because happiness can not be compared. Happiness can be a person, a cup of tea, the nag from elder...
Im glad you shared your story because I feel like writing opens up how people feel. I'm sorry to hear that you and your parents do not really get together and talk as often as some families do but you are right that you do have people who do love you. But just because you don't eat with them as often or talk to them, it doesn't mean they do not love you. Think of it this way your parents are busy working because they are trying to make a better living for you and your sister but I hope you and your parents do create some strong relationship ☺
Im glad you shared your story because I feel like writing opens up how people feel. I'm sorry to hear that you and your parents do not really get together and talk as often as some families do but you are right that you do have people who do love you. But just because you don't eat with them as often or talk to them, it doesn't mean they do not love you. Think of it this way your parents are busy working because they are trying to make a better living for you and your sister but I hope you and your parents do create some strong relationship ☺
As far I can see, my life in the past can't be described as happy or sad because there all kinds of things I've been through, and I can't judge them by what they were cause on me either. I think our life is so complicated that we can't jump to a conclusion, to say our life is happy or sad. In fact, everything we've been enjoying, suffering, are all experience that we can't leave behind. I believe everything appeared in my life is trying to make me better. I can still move on and contain hope and confidence of tomorrow. Because I am happy with who I am right now.
When I came to America 17mouths ago, I felt perplexed of my future, I couldn't stop asking myself: Can I eventually find a reason, a goal, and a faith that I can put all my belief on it. I stopped moving forward because there were so many things I wanted to change immediately in order to fit in a new, different life. During that time, the whole life of mine, has been into perversion. I spent a lot of free times in watching some boring TV shows, put headphones on my ear, trying to escape from such dull, lonely life by turning up the music volume because it led me forget about everything around me.
I didn't know there was an another way out until I passed the first year in America. That is a big turning point for my life. Because no matter what you think of yourself, your time is still moving on till you leave this world. No matter what have I been missing, all I have to do just go to find those pieces, and put them together, to make a better life. Since I have been in Arcadia high school for one and a half years, I gradually fit in this new life. I found what I am interested in working on. I got more and more friends. I start being think about a good future in few years. I could graduate from a good university. I could have few friends who I can share my idea, my dream with each other. I might meet a girl, which I would share everything of mine with her, and make a wonderful family. Once I look back, I saw the route that I came from, I see how I got over with all troubles in the past few years. It gives me more courage to challenge more and more hardships in my future.
Even through my life is kind of hard to describe in a single word, but I can tell I am really happy who I am right now. I can see my life is changing from terrible to better and better. Even I might get some bad grades sometimes, I might get in troubles with solving difficult academic questions, and I might feel more and more pressure. I still like this lifestyle because this is how I get over with all unhappiness, and it changes me from irresponsible child to a mature person. As long as I can still feel this happiness life, it always gives me motive force to move forward.
Hi, thanks for sharing your story. I have same experience similar to yours. I felt perplexed of future when I came to America. Now I gradually fit in new environment. I agree with that “ everything appeared in our life is trying to make us better.” Difficulties in life are intended to make us better not bitter. We should not afraid or complain of that.
“I play it all of the time,” my ten year old self would have said.
“This game is my life,” my twelve year old self would have explained.
“Aww man, I’m not tall enough,” my fourteen year old self would have declared in defeat.
Basketball was close to all that I cared about throughout elementary and middle school. I fell in love with it, but as soon as I realized that all of my friends were getting “better” than me at the game, I began to make excuses, and my eighth to ninth grade self had nearly given up on the one thing I cared about the most. Of course I still cared about the game, but at the end of the day, I lacked the size and quickness to allow me to compete with my opponents. Coming into high school I do not even think that I sized up to be five feet tall, maybe a hair under, or more. I decided that summer, as my last ditch effort, I would train with this renowned cross country team of Arcadia High that really did not seem to be that special to me, at that time of course.
As I may have already foreshadowed, I never returned to competitive basketball. I was pretty slow my freshman year, so slow that I would finish 22nd out of the 28 freshman on the team at the end of the cross country season. Although I had not found much success at that time, I fell in love with the way that my personal gain was a direct result of the work I put in, something absent to me in basketball. Based on this and my new passion for running, I decided to run. Well, I really had no extra time and energy to pursue basketball as I had planned to do after training for one season.
I continued to run throughout high school, but I had always felt the emptiness of life without basketball, as it was truly hard for me to move on. As I began to become faster and faster, and move up on the pecking order, I really had stopped to miss basketball as much over time. Although the emptiness had began to fade, the increasing pressure that I just began to feel this year, that had not been present when I was running slow my freshman year, urged me to revert to basketball. I feel drained and exhausted trying to run my hardest day in and day out in order to make myself better and help my team while balancing school and getting into a college. During the summer I had only cared about running; this focus helped me make a jump in speed that even I did not know was possible. Now, although we had just started our season, I feel as if I am forever plagued with injury and fatigue that will never go away. Even when playing basketball, I never felt this type of pressure, and continued to play with the same love and passion day in and day out. With running this consistency of passion has disappeared. So, yes, I do miss basketball the most, and now more than ever I want to play again.
So last night, I went into my backyard just for the heck of it. It was dark and my hoop was nearly invisible to me. I picked up my brother’s expensive spalding basketball and just shot for nearly an hour straight. I did not need to indulge myself in music to enjoy it, I rather enjoyed the silence. I had nothing else on my mind for once in what felt like a lifetime.
I just wanted to play.
I just wanted to shoot.
I just wanted to touch the basketball.
I only wanted to feel that rush of making it into the hoop again, the sound of the perfect swish. I wanted to hear the sound that I missed ever so much.
I forgot about all of my homework, I forgot about the times I needed to reach in order to run for a college, and most of all, I felt a weight lifted off of my shoulder. It was so peaceful, and I did not want to go back inside, for I felt I would want to run right back outside and pick up the basketball and just never let it go. When I am done running, if I am ever done running, after high school I would love to start playing again. I still lack the height, maybe I have increased some of my speed and stamina, but all of it seems just so trivial to me. While I would not go back in time and leave the cross country team after that first season knowing the runner I would become, I feel that I should have continued to play based on how much joy it brought me. While I am in sort of a bad situation with my cross country coach also being my english teacher, even with all of the injuries that I could have risked having while playing and running, it seems to me now that I really would not care. I can never get those three years without the sport back. Watching basketball on TV still gets me excited, and with the NBA preseason and the return once again of my basketball idol, Kobe Bryant, I want to come back to the game as he has so many times. Of course I still love to run, and it is hard to do both at the same time. I truly believe that I am happy with what I am now. I love basketball and I, even today, feel that it is my number one passion.
I grew up playing soccer and baseball since I was a tiny five year old, and like you, I thought that would be my future in high school and beyond. Many times during my cross country career, I have questioned whether I made the right choice in running versus staying in soccer.
I miss the game quite often now and will probably go back to it once my running career is over. It has been so long since I have touched a soccer ball, but once this dead period hits and cross season is over, you can bet that I'll be playing.
P.S. Kobe is too old
I can't wait until active rest, the best time of the season! (just kidding, coach) Kobe is going to lead the lakers to another championship this year with the most underrated team ever! Just kidding you're right he's pretty old, but he is still fighting so you can't give up on him yet.
Kobe+D'Angelo+Randle+Clarkson+Hibbert is an OP roster. Ravi- Lakers FTW
Hey Mr Sharma!
You and I share a lot. The love for basketball when we were youngsters- except my love for the sport started to fade once I hit middle school (I DONT GROW!!!!). I honestly I thought I would be pursuing basketball when I was going into high school- but we both got caught into a different net- cross country. We got wrapped around the possibility of being well-off and possibly getting into college JUST TO RUN for that college. Thats what's enticed us to keep running- pushing our bodies to their limits. But because of this, we lost our passion. Passion that honestly gets us through those zones, the second to last repeat, the last hill circuit, and in the last 200 meters of a race. Thanks for bringing back some memories when I was a kid growing up. I really miss basketball as well, and when I'm cleared to do contact things again, I'll ball you up like I usually do. You know I play much more physically than how I look. "Ball is life" but we should try to rejuvenate our passion for running and start a new saying: "Running is life."
P.S In response to Michael's remark about Kobe: "..." Kobe is amazing. 81 points. 5 rings. But honestly, I think my favorite thing about him is his determination to get back. After 3 season ending injuries, he's pushing himself to get back, which is inspiring me to get back. 2 Free Throws after tearing his achilles tendon. Amazing.
Aww Austin we all know I'll ball you up now thanks a lot for sharing your experiences as well, it seems like we shared a lot of the same ideas and feelings going through high school and before.
Your had a love and passion for basketball ever sense I meet you in elementary school. When ever we played together you always had this fire inside you to keep playing and to keep shooting until the day is over. Basketball will always be an outlet for you to relax and enjoy yourself. Maybe the noncompetitive aspect of basketball is better for you and make you appreciate the sport more. The overall blog was very well written and describes a lot of who you are.
Mr. Ravi Sharma, I feel ya. That is all I can tell you. Read my post and you will understand me. Just wanted to let you know that I’m in the same boat as you and I will support you in whatever you do. Maybe one day you can teach me basketball and I will teach you some real football
As I got older and became more burdened with work and responsibilities, it became more and more evident what a valuable commodity free time is, and how I've been taking it for granted. Any real chance I get, I enjoy learning improving my skills in a variety of subjects, whether it being adopting a new language and engaging in language exchange, to shaping artistic fidelity in both the visual and auditory mediums, to learning and applying computer code and technical design.
The idea of creating a song was mostly inspired several years ago, when I heard a song more or less pertaining to the demoscene style of music, using fairly primitive (but not chiptune primitive) instruments to create a long and atmospheric piece that maintained a good polyphony and didn’t rely on excessive filtering or effects to keep it interesting.
Music creation peaked my interest after taking an online course in applied music through digital mediums, with lessons on jargon such as temperament, oscillations and wavelengths, overtone series, filters and envelopes, etc. I was eager to try out some workstations such as Fruity loops and ProTools, but as always, time ran short with the upcoming standardized tests and impending college applications.
As such, with this more open week, I was able to put aside some time to learn the intricacies of the program and further complete my first few pieces, something I found a lot of satisfaction in completing and polishing, especially as the song was built to my taste in an unidentified genre, with nocturnal elements in a rondo structure through simple oscillators (and the beautiful Rhodes Piano), like a strange cross between vgm and orchestral. I guess knowing I had the capacity to create something I personally enjoy in a fairly simple fashion played a large part of the satisfaction; a similar feeling to when I successfully construct a complex and grammatically correct sentence with ease, or when I successfully compile a script without error.
HI Richard, I find your hobby really intriguing. I myself is a music lover and have always wanted to try making my own music, but never got to it. I hope you get to share your talent and passion in the near future!
I believe that I live a really happy life at the moment. It is my senior year and I am taking relatively easy classes, so there isn’t much stress on me at the moment. Most of the weekends and the breaks, I go out with my friends and have a good time. One particular moment of my senior year where I realized that my life as happy is when my friends and I went on a trip to Six Flags. Since freshman year, we started a tradition of always going to Six Flags Magic Mountain the day before school in order to catch up with the people that weren’t able to spend time with us during the summer. We left early in the morning and arrived around 10 and spent the whole day riding rides and playing small group bonding games that would help bring us all closer together.
Another happy moment in my senior year was when my friends and I went to homecoming together. I spent the entire week before homecoming studying for my last SAT test (hopefully I did well). I stopped going out with friends and stayed home just to study for my final test. Finally the day of the test came, I sat down to take the test and was surprised by how relatively easy most of it was. After finishing the test, I went home to go get ready for homecoming. I spent the entire afternoon with a couple of friends relaxing and preparing ourselves for the dance later that night. After eating lunch, we got dressed and got ready to go to Downtown Los Angeles to take homecoming pictures. After taking all our couple pictures, we went back to meet the limo to take us to the dance. Throughout the entire limo ride there, everyone was happy and excited for the dance to come. We were blasting music and dancing in the limo the entire ride there. Upon arrival, we checked in and went off to dance as a big group at the front of the dance floor. After the dance was over, my friends and I went to Dennys to get some recovery food. We later spent the entire night talking about our senior year and learning more and more about each other. Overall the night was really fun, and I am certain that my life at the moment is happy and exactly where I want it to be.
Even though school and college should be my two main priorities, I am mainly focusing on having a good senior year and making many memorable experiences with the friends that I may or may not get to see after high school. School and College are both important things to focus on, but school should not be stressful to the point where I need to make multiple all-nighters in order to get my work done and have fun at the same time. College should also not be stressful, because I already did all I could to make the best first impression. There is really nothing I can do to change the way they view me without doing something spectacular. School and college are important, but stressing out about school will not make you happy, which is why I choose not to focus too much on the future and live in the now. However bad my future may seem, everything will eventually work out in the end….hopefully.
Dayum Sunny, I see you‘re living it up man! I’m glad you’re enjoying your senior year. Your post is one of the few that sounded like you were doing things you wanted to be doing the entire time and how you didn’t have to go out of your way to do something you usually don’t have time to do. I’m glad you have the time to spend most of your day with friends.
Hey Sunny, I'm glad you're having the time of your life and truly taking senior to your advantage! It sounds nice that you get to spend time with your friends and family without having too much stress over school while being able to manage time for both school and break time! Hopefully you get to continue to have fun in life!
It’s Been a While
Just as it was yesterday, although 9 months is nothing compared to a lifetime, I could recall the headaches I’ve received from trying too hard to compose a beautiful work of art. Recently, I have had an itch in my head and ideas of a collage of sounds that needed to be released to the world; or at least to someone who would care to listen.
Brienne. That is the title of a music piece I have been working on for around 2 weeks now. This is the first piece I have written on all instruments since December of last year. It is unknown if the title will change or not, but the title is named after someone important in my life. Someone who is strong and beautiful. Someone who has a lot of character and originality. Since that is the case, I have been working non-stop to have the song carry all of these traits.
As of now, it feels great knowing that I have released part of the energy that has been hiding in my mind for this long. What was in my head has been weighing me down for a while, but now it feels much better that I have accomplished part of something that I love. Having the weight disappearing out of my mind has made me joyful as ever.
I feel that composing music for the world to hear is my calling no matter what others say. It makes me happy. Nothing can compare to the response of a crowd after performing one of my works of art. Even if it’s not my art and I’m just replicating someone else’s genius, it feels great. All in all, I just want to play.
Gosh... It’s really hard to remember when the last time I spent some quality time with friends was. Usually when I go to a friend’s house, it’s for study purposes or to chill out for an hour or two before my dad picks me up from work. Today, being a minimum day, I thought would be the best time to have some fun. Initially, my friend Yeab scheduled for us and couple other guys to shoot some hoops after track. On the day of October 8th, our track workout consisted of five bleachers, not too bad. However, what caught us off guard was how scorching hot it was today, and the heat made us sweat puddles (not literally). I was still down for a good game of basketball, but my other friends, including Yeab, called the game off due to a mixture of tiredness and unfriendly weather. At that time I was thinking to myself: “Dang!” “What am I supposed to write about now on tonight’s blog!” As I quietly thought on how to exaggerate a fun time, my other friend Abraham, swooped in to my rescue and invited me to his house to battle it out on “Star Wars: Battlefront 2.” From noon to evening we engaged in all out war, killing droids, capturing flags, and of course, raging at the game for unfair disadvantages and “cheap shots.” Heck, we played so long to a point where we got physically tired. Josh took a nap on the couch and I myself almost dozed off on the glossy, wooden floor. In all honesty, I haven’t enjoyed playing video games like the way I did today since I was about ten. In a way, I felt rejuvenated from playing video games with my friends (Ha! Take that dad!).
Knowing that I had work to do (*cough cough this blog no offense at all Mr. Feraco), I had to leave earlier than I intended to. On the way home, I stopped by a friend’s house for the only intention of picking up a package. Because the package didn’t come yet, I thought it would be fine to wait at his house until the mail came because the shipping status on the product was “out for delivery.” I sat down on the couch with my friend Jacky watching YouTube videos on Asian stereotypes, break dancing, and men’s haircuts until the package arrived. For all you people who don’t know, Jacky is my closest friend. I’d trust him in tight situations, him to me, and I’d like to say that we have an unspoken understanding for each other (no matter how cheesy it may sound to you). While watching videos, we gradually started rambling on about life, about our future, our struggles, new interests, the list goes on. What started out to be a quick pick up turned out to be a long conversation on the living room couch in front of a wide- screen TV. The package never came today, and though I was somewhat frustrated, I deeply valued our conversation. It has been so long since we have intimately talked with each other the way we did and we both simply shared a trust and understanding in one another. I stayed at his house for roughly two hours, and I would’ve stayed longer if he didn’t have to pick up his brother from day care. So at the intersection of “Camino Real” and “6th Ave,” we parted ways.
First of all, I never planned this day to go out the way it did. And I sure am REALLY glad this day turned out the way it did on the due date of this blog. For this blog, I just wanted to talk about how much fun I had shooting hoops but my day didn’t nearly turn out as close as I intended. Shout out to Mr. Feraco who said that no one can predict the future! You got me good on that one! Back to the point, I want to emphasize to everyone how much I miss having fun. And although I classify watching “Big Bang Theory” with a tub of mint chip ice cream on a Saturday night to be fun, it is not as heart-warming as spending quality time with friends. I guess what I want to say is, in the future, I’m going to try to enjoy my life during times of stress. For so long my various stresses have been holding me back... but now, I’m stepping my foot out there, and I bringing my friends along with me.
I agree that many circumstances are very unpredictable; including your memorable time with Jacky! Your blog made me realize how important it is to have friendships that truly matter to you, someone who knows you better than anyone else! True friendships mean so much more than having a lot of friends; your blog was very relatable!
Hi Sean! While I was reading your blog post, it felt as if you were personally telling me about your day. I agree that in these times of high stress, time spent with friends is valuable and incomparable. Not only do they partake in our happiness, but they’re also there to help us carry our burdens. There is absolutely nothing wrong with finding fun in watching TV while eating ice cream, but of course it would probably be even more enjoyable to do so with a friend. We tend to go astray and forget what is important so I hope that you are able to enjoy your life to the fullest (with or without your friends)!
There are many things that I have done in life. There are also many things I haven’t done in life. That is why I wanted to spend my free time on something new as much as possible, and I have always wanted to try things that are exciting and what I don’t normally do, like jumping off a plane. But I am not that daring yet, so I considered something mentally easier, like using a gun.I wanted to hold a gun in a gun range to see what it really feels like to fire a bullet. I was also curious to know the true feeling of wielding a gun and how recoil feels like on my hand. Because I play games that often involves with gun, I want to see and feel the difference between a visual game and the real deal.
And that was what I did. I went to a gun range near me and picked a pistol for the practice because it was my first time and I don’t want to get blown by the recoil. I went in and started shooting. At some point, I felt like a different person. Because of the ear muffs, I was focused at my target: A terrorist with a hostage in front of him. It is as if I am the cop and I am in a dangerous environment and it is all up to me. As I fired I felt nervous because I was afraid that I would hit the hostage, but I didn’t. Everything was, of course, fake. But at that moment I pretend it to be true and I felt thrilled.
After this fun experience, I reflected upon what I did that day. It does sound dangerous and all, but I think it was definitely worth it. I would love to try something like that again in the future. Although it just sounds like one little event, I have learned something from it. I now believe that is what I live for. To have fun and try different things as long as it's not negative and it does not affect my basic life support. It might sound a little crazy, but that is what life means to me.
I really like how you used your imagination to make shooting at the range more exciting. I hope that you’ll have more time to do the things that you enjoy in the future!
Broaden Your View of the World
Mom: Stop watching TV and go study! You’re wasting your time.
Me: I just turned on the TV a few minutes ago! It won’t hurt to relax for ten minutes
Mom: Don’t you have to study for your SAT tests? You should rather spend extra ten minutes on studying than wasting it right now.
Me: Dad, can I go to the movie with xxx on Saturday? I finished all my homework already.
Dad: No. You have an A- in two of your classes. Now go study.
The conversations above between parents and children are commonly seen. Hoping that their children can succeed in the future, they believe study is the only solution. People often say that time is as precious as a pearl, and I do agree with it as well. However, the definition of treasuring the time is different for everyone.
My parents are one of the traditional Asian parents that one can see everywhere. Their belief that “study is the key to success” has accompanied me over the seventeen years of my lfie. I agree that studying hard can improve my knowledge and ability to survive in the future, but it is not the only way to achieve success. Textbook materials are indeed essential for basic knowledge, but your future, according to my uncle, lies on the hand of your life experience. Only if you can broaden your view of the world can you find a more comfortable pathway to reach for success.
Having his words imprinted in my mind, I often try to seek ways to “broaden my view” by going out with a friend to explore new places and gain new experience. However, my parents’ words prevent me from doing so. As I continue living the life of textbook studying in senior year, the time of freestyle studying finally comes as this assignment is posted. Around two weeks ago, I “secretly” reserved three tickets for a new art museum at Downtown Los Angeles - The Broad. Both my parents and I have a great interest in art, so I thought it would be cool if we can visit an art gallery or museum once. Today, my wish finally came true.
The Broad is a contemporary art museum. Although I do like contemporary art as a whole, my intention to visit the museum is because of Mr. Takashi Murakami and Andy Warhol. I was in fourth grade when I met Mr. Takashi Murakami. I didn’t physically see him, but it was my first time knowing his artwork. It was my birthday and my uncle gave me a stack of postcards as birthday gift. Right when I saw the images on the postcards, I was amazed by the neat, detailed, colorful, and imaginative artwork. Since that time on, every time when I heard Mr. Murakami’s name or see his artwork, I would become extremely hyper. It was great to see his real artwork today at The Broad. On the other hand, I was also excited to see the real screen printing of the condensed tomato soup and Marilyn Monroe by the famous contemporary artist Andy Warhol, however, the museum only put out two 3x3in printings of Marilyn Monroe and two 8x6in printings of the tomato soup. To be honest, I was quite disappointed. Although I didn’t get to see much of Andy Warhol’s work, I was still satisfied to see Mr. Takashi Murakami’s artwork after all.
I had a great time at the museum with my parents and they were also glad they got to see all those fascinating artwork. This is what I meant by freestyle studying. Even though I’m probably not going to major in art, it is still a good experience to visit an art museum and learn new knowledge that I can never receive from a school teacher. There are many formats of study and visiting The Broad is definitely one of the best ways to do.
I am very jealous of your day at the Broad! I don't have tickets until November since preordering happened so quickly.
I am looking forward to Yayoi Kusama's Infinity Mirrored Room—The Souls of Millions of Light Years Away. If you were able to enjoy the limited time in that exhibit how was it?
Being able to see an admired artist's work up close is one of the most surreal experiences. Sorry Warhol didn't live up to your expectations though!!
I think it's really cool that both your parents appreciate art and I hope you all have more eventful outings together!
Thanks for replying my comment^^
Yes I indeed had a great time at The Broad. I heard the tickets run out really quick so I reserved them way ahead of time.
However...I wasn't able to see the souls of millions of light years away....we didn't know we had to reserve for that as well. When you go into exhibit, there's a touchscreen pad where you can reserve for the time to enter the mirror room. If we were to see the mirror today, we would need to wait for 4 hr. But I bet it does worth such long time of waiting!!
After I reading your comment, I think I can understand your situation by owning two Asian parents. My parents also Asian parents. Since I was little, I can not go out with my friends, I even did not go to movie theater when I still at China. The only thing I can do is doing my homework. My grade controls my free time. If I did not get a prefect score on one subject, I need to sacrifice all the free time to catch up that subject.
Also I am glad that your parents and you have the same interest. So, you can go our with your parents to see some interesting art show or museum. My parents do not have interest, same as me. I even did not go out to see a movie or eat with my parents because my taste does not as the same as their.
I'm sorry to hear about your past experience. Both my parents (they're fashion designers thou LOL) and I have interest in art. Many envy that my parents and I can have a topic that we can agree on; however, the truth isn't that wonderful. I do like art and definitely love to draw. But often times, when my mom or dad sees my drawing, they either laugh at it or criticize my "poor" art skill. I know they have more knowledge and experience in drawing than I do, but the way they express their thoughts really bothers me.
Anyway...you mentioned that you don't have an interest to agree on with your parents. However, I believe that in the future (when you grow up and have your own financial support), you can do all sort of things with your parents. I'm sure they will be glad to spend the rest of their time with their most loving child^^
Hi, Vivian! Having asian parents just like you, I totally understand your frustration with your parents. They tend to be correct most of the time but they also tend to be wrong,too. I feel like the parents need to know that we need to have fun in our lives,too besides just studying. Yes, we also need to broaden our views by experiencing the world outside and also that we shouldn’t waste our time by doing something else besides studying. Forgive me for saying this but who declared that studying is not wasting time either? Because we waste time in studying, we also lose our precious time to have fun and be happy in our lives. I am really glad that you went to the art museum with both of your parents. Ooh, I know Andy Warhol’s artworks are amazing. Anyway, I hope you get to this fun stuffs again! I will pray for us, the children.
Yes, I do agree with you that "not studying does not mean wasting time." I think the issue that many parents cannot agree on their children's thoughts is because of the age gap. On the parents' side, they are indeed more experienced and wiser, however, many of their thoughts only work in the 1980's or before. This is 2016 and numerous things have changed, for example, our lifestyle. We are constantly surrounded with new technology. Our society has shifted forward. In my opinion, some of our parents are not able to cope with the society today. But what can we do beside obeying every of their command? They are our parents and we must respect them. Even if some of their thoughts don't make sense to us, we still have to follow them.
Sarah, we're only 17 years old and we're not as experienced as them. I do get mad at my parents sometimes because I cannot understand what they're thinking. However, for now, yes for now, it doesn't hurt much to follow whatever they say. Once we enter college, or even into the real world, we will be free and be able to make our own decisions. So just wait for another 1 year then you will be free like a bird!
P.S. You should visit the museum as well. The artwork is just AMAZING!!!!
My favorite cook book is entitled “Adventures in Microwave Cooking.” I am no chef. This is a doomed fate I have accepted and attempted to be proactive towards.
Generally, I eat pasta and lots of it. It’s quick and difficult to screw up; you almost have to try to be bad at making it. Toss some in a bowl and add some sauce if time permits and that’s all.
As a microwave enthusiast and stovetop novice, I have found my biggest enemy to be the oven -- a colossal kitchen appliance sent from the bowels of hell to ruin my life. Three times a year I have a face-off with this monstrous metal machinery and this will be my second of the year.
To prepare I will head out to the store, most likely later tonight and purchase the ammunition that could change my life.
Pillsbury Spooky Cat Shaped Sugar Cookies.
Oddly enough, I have always preferred chocolate chip cookies. The only reason (if any) that I put myself through this challenge is to use the special edition dough. Being able to purchase the Spooky Cat, Snowman, and Bunny shaped cookies has brought a certain joy to me.
But especially the Spooky cats.
Watching them travel down the grocery store conveyor belt has almost made me feel like I adopted a litter of kittens. (only up until they are eaten).
I would bring some to class for everyone but they are best eaten straight off the tray with a tall cold glass of almond milk.
Parcels of joy were sent back to heaven earlier this evening.
I fell asleep while waiting for my Spooky Cat cookies to bake and the bottoms turned charcoal black. I tried to scavenge and scrap off the semi-edible parts but my attempts were feeble.
In order to restore the festive fall mood I had tried to create through the special seasonal cookies, I am now knitting a scarf that will probably be useless here. Knitting is almost as rewarding as baking. All the moms I know rave about their kids and I feel similarly about knitting. I have brought pairs of socks, scarves, and hats into this oven infested world, for better or worse. Actually, this is my first time knitting without my favorite bamboo needles -- they splintered and had to be retired. It feels good to test out some stitches with my fall yarn.
Although I accidentally allowed the oven to defeat me, sitting here is almost better. The constant over under around throw again motions of knitting relax me and make me feel justified to be tired and cranky like a stereotypical grandmother.
Coincidence strikes again. A European new wave classic (Burning by the Whitest Boy Alive) started playing from my kitchen playlist.
If you have a chance please SLOW DANCE to this IN YOUR KITCHEN and then analyze the single repeated verse.
Your baking and knitting adventure sound so awesome! Although it's sad to hear that your cookies are inedible, Just Fried Rice could serve as an amazing dish too (Hey it was good). We should bake some cookies together someday, since it's an adventure for both of us, and I can prevent you from falling asleep(Heh, sounds like a good idea).
Overall, your blog contains very well-structured sentences, and your vivid description makes me feel like as if I am there with you baking and knitting.
Keep it up neighbor! Invite me over soon.
Hello Neighbor!!! please feel free to come over anytime! I will be more than glad to try to cook with you or to teach you how to knit!
ALSO I hope your golfing career is going well... Let's set a date to FINALLY hang out LOL
oh also I don't always fall asleep you're just catching me at bad times!!
This was so cute. No worries! I'm bad at cooking too! but my special dish I love to make is good ol' milk and cereal! haha
In all seriousness you totally should've invited me so so i can try the spaghetti!
Feel free to stop by whenever, Heath!! My parents always ask what you're up to and they would love for you to come stay with us for a few years LOL.
Do you have any tips on how to keep cereal from getting to the soggy stage? I do not like when it thins and mixes with the milk.
This was so cute. No worries! I'm bad at cooking too! but my special dish I love to make is good ol' milk and cereal! haha
In all seriousness you totally should've invited me so so i can try the spaghetti!
I enjoyed reading your post so much. It was humorous but I could tell that you were also serious about your oven struggles. I'm sorry to hear that you burnt your Spooky Cats (I googled them; they look so cute!). I also forgot about my cinnamon roll in the oven the other day, but it turned out okay. RIP failed Spooky Cats. I laughed at the line "I have brought pairs of socks, scarves, and hats into this oven infested world" and it's so cool how you can knit! Thanks for the fun read
Hey Tina, I saw your cinnamon roll on your snap story!! Thank you for thinking knitting is cool but some of your skills (like making vegan cheese) are cooler!!
I hope we can go to Veggie Grill again soon!! See you at the officer meeting!!
I thought your idea of branching out your culinary talents was an excellent way to go. Cooking with an mircowave can really limit on what you can achieve in the kitchen. Even though your baking attempt did not end up as you expected, I admire the fact that you tried to take up something else so you could have the satisfaction of accomplishing something else.
I hope you still attempt cooking though. Culinary freedom is creative and really fun.
I have never thought of a microwave as limiting but I can see your point. Since completing this assignment I have tried to make pancakes but they were undercooked and soupy inside. I will keep trying to learn how to cook other things though -- I am afraid of starving or eating being restricted to fast food only next year.
Your post was light- hearted and quite humorous! It gave me a good laugh to read about your baking misadventures and your knitting hobby. I love how you choose to try things over again even if you are not great at them. You only fail if you give up right? I would love to see one of your creations some day. It must feel satisfying to complete something made from your own hands. I hope your continue to pursue such activities that are both satisfying and have the potential to be.
Hey && thanks Tiffany!!
Usually it is satisfying but finding imperfections can make it frustrating. All in all though, creating your own personal items is fun because they are unique. As Christmas nears I will definitely be bringing my knitting supplies to school to crank out some gifts during class.
Like always, I love reading your posts. You have an exceptionally strong personal voice and it shows through each assignment you do. I love how it's personal and engaging, and the syntax you choose to use always seems to flow perfectly. I honestly look for your posts with great expectations every week, and you never fail to reach them.
Writing is really your thing! Stick to it!
Thanks for a great read (as always!)
Thanks Derek for sharing this again. When you messaged me earlier I was pretty bummed because one of my friends had just finished derailing my personal statement. YOU HELPED ME REMEMBER TO STAY CALM. But again, thank you for going out of your way to share this with me!
I am going to start avidly watching out for your posts now too!!
I plan to spend quality time with my 3 brothers. I love spending time with them because I don't always have time to simply ask how their day is going.
We tend to be preoccupied by the life we lead. School and extracurricular activities usually get in the way for me, while they are out of the house running errands or simply hanging out with their friends. My brothers and I are usually horrible at planning things, so we decide what to do at the last minute.
What we decided to do was head over to a mountain view in Glendora. The view was on yelp, so it had to be good.
Actually doing the plan.
Since one of my older brothers are terrible at directions, we got lost. He just had to be the one to drive us that day.
It took some time, but we got there. The drive was definitely worth it. We spent a couple of hours together looking at the landscape from the mountain view.
Now of course, nature just had to call. We split up and found our own individual bushes and "watered the plants." This brought laughter and sadness at the same time. The happiness of good old times, and the sadness of it never going to be the same again.
Reflection of the event.
As I said, things won't be the same as before. The way we would spend time together, and how we acted years before.
But those memories and bonds will still be strong. I believe that even if time passes, and it comes to a point where you cannot see someone often, those experiences together make you so close that it won't matter. It won't matter that you don't see family more than a few times a year, you will always share a bond with them. So when I spend time with my family, I've learned to remember how we used to be, and how we've grown into who we are today. Whether those changes are for better or worse, I know that family will always be there. No matter what.
I went on an adventure similar to yours and it's interesting to see how both of us had different reflections of the same experience. It's great that you bonded with your brothers and I agree that family is always there to support you. Like you, I realize I won't always be close with my siblings, but it's nice to treasure the memories. I love your humor and it seems that you and your brothers had a good time! Thank you for a touching and humorous post!
I'm glad that you enjoyed my post! It means a lot to me that someone feels the same about knowing the importance of family. It's funny how our adventures were so similar too! Thanks again for the read and reply.
I Have a younger brother myself an it hard to hangout with him because in high school everybody changes and my brother have changed alot since we started high school. School has changed us but as brothers we will never forget those old moments.
Yeah, people change according to how much they allow themselves to change and who they are influenced by. Even though someone you know may be a completely different person at the time, those memories you had together are real and will last you forever.
I also had a similar experience with my family too. I also don’t get to spend much time with my family because of school or track, but I learned to treasure the moments that I do get to spend with them. Everyone will eventually grow up to live their own lives, and we will be preoccupied to enjoy the little things in life like spending quality times with your loved ones. Thanks for a great post keif!
Saw-knee! Thanks for the read!
I'm glad that you feel that way. As you said, we will be preoccupied by our daily lives later on in the future. So we won't have time for quality moments. Thus, we should treasure the moments that we can spend with loved ones. Thanks again Sunny. :3
To start this off, I believe that freedom - as I have come to experience it - is rather limited. Not only is it limited by the common-sensical legalities of smoking and drinking alcoholic beverages, but also via the actions and reactions to what is happening in the natural world around me. The struggle to find true freedom IS REAL. However, as the great Robert Frost once said, “Freedom lies in being bold.” and therefore, this week, I’ve made an attempt to go beyond that limit and try to get a taste of true freedom by just simply being bold. To do this, I had to first assess what freedom means to me. Now to spare you the time of reading my long and rigorous process of evaluating what freedom means to me, I’ll stick with one variable - happiness; (Not necessarily my happiness because I’m not a heartless person, and sometimes I like to see other people be happy.). On this quest I focused my boldness on specific actions like taking the girl of whom I express interest in to Homecoming. There, we danced the night away, and then some. We Restricted Content. HAHA jkjk. The point is that I was happy and I had fun being bold, and thus experienced true freedom.
Now on the topic of what matters to me. Although I could take the easy way out by just saying that ‘freedom matters to me’, I won’t. I will however say that, with the lack of a better(or real) word, genuosity is something that matters to me. Being able to know that when someone talks to me without a hint of [BS] brings me comfort, and the ability to sleep at night knowing that I don’t have any drama waiting for me tomorrow.
You came up with a similar point as I do. It’s true how hard we all have been struggling for true freedom. You give an example of Robert Frost once said, “Freedom lies in being bold,” and I was wondering how it can help achieve freedom. You made an attempt to go beyond that limit and try to get a taste of true freedom by just simply being bold, this truly shocked me. I like how you said you have to first assess what freedom means to you. Happiness is the essential and the only variable for your freedom, which I totally agree. It's possible for us enjoyed true happiness and being a bold person, and thus experienced true freedom.
Yeah, Robert Frost is pretty cool. Were you wondering how Freedom can be achieved through boldness? If so, I believe that boldness itself facilitates an environment ripe for the expression of freedom. However, I think that Robert Frost's main point was not merely to exhibit freedom, but rather to just take a chance and make your actions clear and known.
Nice entry. I can totally agree with your notion that freedom comes with boldness, and that genuineness is a valuable trait. however, it would've been nicer if you delved into how you came to view freedom as happiness. 'Saving us the time' is not an excuse for laziness. Nonetheless, it's a decent entry overall. Oh, and by the way, make sure you use protection when out with your date.
There are times where I feel depressed. This is because it is hard to balance school, extracurricular activities, family, and friends. Sometimes I spend too much time with my friends and family, consequently, it would result in poor performance in school work as a lack of focus. I am in this situation, where I do not want to disappoint my parents because of I am not improving academically. Frequently, I chose to spend most of my time with the people close to me, or sometimes I use too much time studying. Either way, these two matters prevents me from reaching my goals. My goals as an example is to spend “quality-time” with my mother or father more often, or to study for some certain hours. I feel worthless when I do not reach these goals, because I know other individuals are capable of accomplishing what I am trying to, in addition most of them are way more successful than I am. As a result, I feel like I want to give up, because I have a feeling of no matter how much I try to do progress; I will still be behind the things I want to reach. I feel like this right now.
My best friend is my remedy during these tough times. I share my struggles and open up heart. As always, my best friend boosts my spirit by listening to what I have to say and tells me what I should do. I already feel better once we have planned or scheduled when to hang-out, because we always smile and hug when we see each other. This care and support proves that there are people around me that really care about my well-being. They want me to succeed, and it hurts them to see me suffer. My best friend is the best illustration for this, because she acts like a mentor to me. She motivates me by saying that I have an inner-strength inside of me that has not been exposed yet. I have to move forward in life and I must not compare myself with anyone else. I should only strive to become a better version of my myself. These words are echoed in my head - my best friends words. There are many more to come, which uplifts, because our bound is unbreakable and it can break any obstacle that I face in my life as long as we are together.
Spending time together with my best friend recharges me from the tensions and stress that I experience in my daily life. We have no worries when we are together - we just want to have fun. If we have problems, we share them to each other and place them behind us once we realize that they are not worth our stress and health. The purpose of life is to be happy, and not let our worries consume us. Otherwise, we can risk losing ourselves if we do not try to seek a better path. As a result, my best friend is part of the reason that I have a purpose to live, because she will be the living witness to see that I am capable of moving forward in my life journey without letting failures or present problems prevent me from becoming the person I wish to become.
Your blog post stood out to me because of a number of things, like your feelings about goals and priorities and how your friend supports you through it, but mostly the part about the risk of losing yourself. It popped out because I have the same fear, and I worry a lot about worrying, or about not being able to be happy. I feel the same way about balancing things even when I personally don’t have so many things to balance, and I also feel like I can relate to feeling like giving up every time I look up and see I’m falling behind. But I can also relate to how your friend makes you feel. She sounds awesome! I also have a friend like yours, where you feel better just knowing you have plans, and it’s great to know someone always has your back when you need it. You both have good advice, thank you for sharing
I'm truly sorry for the late reply, but thank you so much! I really tried to be 'present' in my blog, and I'm happy that you were able to recognize it I'm also happy to hear that you also have such a good friend! What would we do without them haha.
With today’s vast amount of technology, I can't remember the last time I did something with someone or even by myself. It's always youtube, games, youtube, facebook, buzz-feed, youtube and the process goes on and on. And with school I feel I've been doing less and less of “[poking] my head up every once in awhile…” So with this unlikely and compelling assignment I got that chance. I mean parents can't stop you from doing homework right!
What I decided to do was watch a movie. But wait isn't that technology too? It is but I believe it has a quality that differs from just staying at home and being the zombies we already are. This morning (Thursday) I obviously choose out something nicer to wear. I made sure my money and that extra golden ticket was on me, along with snacks I definitelyyyyyy bought from the inside of the theater. And headed to school, went along with the generally half day schedule, and finally the time came. It always excited me when I thought about going to the movies. I love the smell of the popcorn, the perfect shade of red on the seats, the vast room, and even the presence of at least another 30 people I didn't know. The movie I decided to watch with my friends was Maze Runner, overall a thrilling movie and enough suspense to keep those yawns away. The movie experience was great, and directly afterwards I got to enjoy the recap of the whole thing. You know the whole did you remember and OMG that part was so good.
We all went to have a late lunch and proceeded to start out 3 day weekend. I walked around and around, looking at things I totally was too broke to afford. All while thinking about how great it was to watch a movie on a weekday and during maybe the busiest year of my life. It was well worth getting up and looking around, moving my head away from a computer screen. The communication I got to receive was direct, more personally than getting a hi or bye through facebook, etc. For once I would like to applaud my teacher for “forcing” his students to do homework. My adventure, even if it was through a nicely directed film, was a chance I would have missed, if not for that baffling episode of “Star Trek” and references to “Up”.
Some people might think martial art is very challenge. But in these years, practice TaeKwonDo is the only way that can make me relax. I agreed with other people that learning TaeKwonDo is not an easy thing to do. There are no acception of being lazy, and losing the concentration during the practice. At the same time, keep the body flexible, memorize the technique, and use enough strength on every kick and punch are the basic goals to reach as a white belt. As the belt level go higher, it get more challenge. Like playing the piano, the better you are, the harder song you can play. It will not get easier as you progress.
But I like it because it is so challenge that not everyone can reach the black belt. I saw many people that came and disappeared after one month or even half month. This frequent changes caught my attention. I came to a conclusion that people who continue in a course even if they face difficulty or no prospect of success have more chance of getting success, because they are willing to try, and give themselves many chances to fail. I have encouraged one of my friend to learn TaeKwonDo with me at the spring of 2015, and she agreed. As was expected, she quit within few months. It doesn’t surprise me, but I feel sad for those who can’t enjoy TaeKwonDo as I did.
I thought of myself that there are nothing that I can not accomplished. NEVER GIVE UP became the most common quote that I said to myself when I get hurt or getting very tired. It is a simple sentence but with a great meaning behind it. I realized that if we allow ourselves to step up, reach the higher goals, we will definitely become stronger and have the ability to do even harder things. As I stated earlier, this challenge sport can make me relax because I found the joy from it.
I am glad that you didn’t give up when others did. “Never Give Up” is a good motivation for everyone. Hope you can practice TaeKwanDo more often.
For six months, I’ve really wanted to read “Angels and Demons,” a thriller by Dan Brown. Even though I’ve read it before, I wanted to savor it again. Like Melanie in “the Visitor” episode of Star Trek, I wish I had never read it before because then I could experience reading it for the first time. Also, I knew couldn’t do it because of busy school work. But I can actually do it if I squeeze in time, and this assignment gave me permission to do it since it’s technically “school work”. I was excited to experience the wonders of Vatican, exploring the relationship between science and religion, and enjoy being thrilled by thought-provoking twists. But I know that the twists would not be twists anymore because I already know what happens next.
Upon reading the first chapter of the book again, everything was vaguely familiar to me. Compared to the first time reading when the characters were first introduced to me, recognizing the characters now seemed intimate. It felt weird to read the story acknowledging secret identity of the seemingly innocent person. I was remind that when I first read the book, the revealing of the person committing the whole crime scene took me by shock. This time it was interesting to know who the person is first and I was able to spot the clues and determine how qualified the seemingly innocent person was to be the brain behind everything. I also find out how the author played tricks on the reader’s brain the first time, realizing how many details I have missed the first time reading. This experience was wonderful because I was able to retrace my thinking pathway during the first reading and correct all of my mistakes committed in reading this book before.
Even though I only had the time to finish reading the first five chapters, I felt very fulfilled. I remember after reading the whole book for the first time, I immediately thought, “Why was I unable to predict this?” So I wanted to come back to see why I missed the important details. I was always looking forward to read the book again, but I’ve been putting it off for half a year. Looking back, I never like reading before stumbling upon this book. After I found out that this book was the first book of a whole series, I quickly read all four books of the series, which led to my love of reading. Rereading this holy grail book of mine stirred up many fond memories for my love of reading. This was the lesson: you are never too busy to do things you enjoy - squeeze in the time to make things happen and you will find that you have lived a life you have truly enjoyed!
I, just like you, used this assignment to read a book. During summer break, I would frequently finish books, but with the homework and the college work I have to do, I no longer have the luxury to do that. This experience rekindled the feeling of excitement I would get during the summer whenever I would set out to read a book. I agree with you, it's vital that we take time out to do the things we enjoy otherwise life will pass us by and when we look back the only thing we will remember is the stress and work that filled our time.
Hi Kashish! I’m so glad that you agree with me. I hope you can make room for reading the books you like after the dreaded college applications!
I also used this assignment to read a book. I really liked the part where you talked about being familiar with the characters due to reading it once before. I can relate to this since I used to constantly reread books in my free time. I hope that you can find more books that piques your interest!
If you know me, then you know I like being prepared. Ever since third grade, I’ve experienced that dream where I’ve had an exam, but I forgot to study. So, perhaps the reason why I like being prepared so much comes from my anxiety of being the opposite. Thus, I like routines. I like knowing what’ll happen before anything actually occurs. Referring back to the star, routines help me feel more comfortable and secure. Routines are great, but am I happy?
With them I am content, but I also feel like something is missing. And as comforting as routines are, sticking to them for too long gets boring.
My typical schedule goes somewhat like this:
At 6:32 my alarm goes off. This is what I consider a warning alarm, because it is ignored until it goes off again at 6:37. I drag myself out of bed, get dressed, brush my teeth, eat breakfast, and leave. For the next 5 hours I go to school, and afterwards I go to practice. When that’s over, I return home, shower and begin homework. I eat dinner at around 6-7, then continue doing more homework, studying, or going on my phone. And sometime between 12 and 1, I fall asleep.
Seems exciting, am I right?
But this week is different. Thursday is a minimum day and on Friday, there is no school. After school on Thursday, I plan to go to Santa Monica with my friends. On the way there, we’ll probably look up places to eat nearby, and afterwards we’ll walk around the Third Street Promenade. We’ll go inside shops and either look at things longingly, knowing we cannot afford them, or we’ll actually purchase items, which doesn’t happen quite as often. I’m hoping that we’ll be able to stay late enough to catch the sunset, so perhaps after walking around the promenade, we’ll head down to the pier. I’ve been to the pier before, but I’ve never ridden on any of the rides, so when we go, I’m determined to go on the ferris wheel and rollercoaster. And finally, when the sun sets, we’ll sit on the beach, with our toes buried into the sand, and we’ll just relax, talk, and watch the sun go down.
But of course reality is never as we expect it to be. Here’s what actually happened:
We decided to eat locally, at Blaze Pizza in Monrovia. My friends got pizzas, but I wasn’t in the mood for pizza, so I walked to Yogurtland and purchased a $4 serving. It took about an hour to get to Santa Monica, and as expected, we walked on third street and browsed the stores. While we were inside one of the stores, we heard this young, Australian girl break into tears. We saw that she was crying because she met someone, but we didn’t know who. We walked around the store to get a better look, and one of my friends said, “Oh my gosh! That’s Bethany Mota!” Bethany Mota is a fashion vlogger on Youtube and she also has her own line of clothing at Aeropostale. After walking around the stores we decided to head to the beach. We didn’t have any umbrellas, so we hid behind the lifeguard tower for shade. It was as relaxing as I expected it would be. We laid around and talked, while in the background, we listened to the calming waves and felt the cool breeze. Oh, and I can’ forget about that sweet, pungent smell of urine. Perhaps it was the blue recycling bin we were next to, or perhaps it was the sand we were lying on, either way, the scent wasn’t too pleasant. After an hour or so, we got hungry again and decided to eat dinner at the food court since it was the most affordable place to purchase food. When we finished, we were all tired so we decided to go home, without going to the pier and watching the sunset as I had hoped.
Within 2 minutes on the freeway we hit heavy traffic, and the only upside was that I actually was able to see the sunset. From the rear-view mirror. I'm sure it looked even better without being blocked by trees, wires, and infrastructure. About an hour in, things began to get weird. We were using the GPS on my phone to get back to Arcadia. We had driven back from Santa Monica before, so it was weird when the phone directed us to get off the freeway too early. We did so, trusting the device. Then it told us to get back on, so we did. And off again, and on again. But this time, when we did, I saw a sign saying “Express Lane Only.” Soon, we were surrounded by two brick walls and we realized we were in the wrong lane. This lane requires a “transponder” and an account tied to a form of payment because this lane costs money. We couldn’t turn around, it was a one-way lane. We continued driving and on the back of one of the checkpoints, we saw a blue light flash. Had it detected that we were not where we supposed to be? We got off at the first exit, but before doing so, I caught a glimpse of a sign. I didn’t read the words, but I saw a four-hundred something dollar value on it.
Upon further research, we discovered that this sign had a $491 value written on it and that it was for crossing a double white line, not for driving in the lane without a permit.
Had I not gone to the beach, my Thursday evening schedule would have consisted of Netflix, homework, and naps. Nothing out of the ordinary. I don’t imagine that I would have remembered this day in the future because nothing significant would have happened. Instead it consisted of quality time with friends, the beach, and almost a $491 fine. The last of which was completely unexpected, and thus something we were not prepared for. But this is also a new and unique experience and it is something that I doubt I’ll forget about any time soon. Overall, I had a fun and interesting time. I was able to enjoy all the parts of this little trip, even the ones I didn’t plan or expect. When we got off the freeway, we all laughed it off. “I can’t believe that just happened,” I said. We rolled down the windows and blasted Guilty Pleasure by Bryce Vine.
I am the same way with my routine because my routine is something that I swear by. Without a routine I am lost and, I myself, also find it boring and want to switch it up. Whether it be watching a movie or going to a game, anything seems to work to make things exciting. Also, don't worry too much about the fine, it is probably nothing. My mom had a similar experience and she was fined 30-50 dollars. Your blog was refreshing because it had comedy of your adventures while also telling us the thing that you wanted to change. Furthermore, I am kinda jealous you got to meet Bethany Mota because she is super famous and her videos are interesting to watch. I found it entertaining how Hannah got stuck in the express lane because if I was with you guys I would also be freaking out. The way you portrayed your daily routine was interesting to read because of the unorthodox times in which you wake up. A quick question, why do you wake up at 6:32 rather than the regular 6:30 or 6:35 times? I admire the fact that you understand that expectations and reality doesn't always correlate together. For example, in the film 500 Days of Summer, Tom was heartbroken when he realized that his expectations did not happen in reality. I believe that to live life to the fullest you should have expectations in mind but be open minded enough to take what reality gives you. In conclusion, thank you for sharing your experience and giving me ideas to how easy it is to change a simple routine.
I think your tip of having expectations, but keeping in mind that things may not always go as planned will be useful in the future. About my wake up time, I don't really have a particular reason as to why I wake up when I do. While setting my alarm one night, I asked myself, "Why do I have to wake up at a time that's a multiple of five. Why not change it up?" Thanks for the tip and thanks for reading my blog Ryan!
Your story is very interesting. I can totally relate to it when you talked about falling into routines. It is comfortable to be prepared, but a life without anything unexpected, like what you argued, does not bring us much happiness. We need to enjoy our lives by motivating ourselves to be active and to try new things. I also like how you compare the trip you had planned with what actually happened. This reminds me of (500) Days of Summer, when reality does not match with Tom’s expectations. I think unpredictability is what makes the world attractive to all of us. Thanks for your sharing!
I really like your statement about how "unpredictability is what makes the world attractive to all of us" because it's so true. The highlights of that trip wasn't the things I expected to occur, but the things that surprised us all. Thank you for taking the time to read my blog!
It has been three years since me and my dad had a conversation. Ever since my mom’s accident, which left her disabled and unable to care for herself, the three of us hasn’t came on good terms for a very long time. The only time we talked was when he took me to school, telling me the plans for the day. After that, the only sound inside the car included me eating and the motor running. Before I realized it, I’ve become a stranger to my dad and eventually, saw him as an enemy.
Over the years, he had become both temperamental and frustrating towards my mom. Eventually, they broke out in daily fights over the smallest things and I enclosed myself, both physically and mentally. I stopped caring to help out the house because I didn’t want to deal with my parents. They were unpleasant to be around with. And at this, my mom would say I’m treating the house like a hotel. I really was. I never stopped to help my dad out, despite everything he had to do for these years. I never placed myself in my dad’s shoes and came to hate his actions towards my mom.
Until this week.
As if fate decided to drag me back into the reality I hated, my dad had to leave for a business trip for a week and I was to take care of everything in the house, including my mother.
When I was told this, I brushed off the news like it was nothing. I was sure I’ll be able to scrape by somehow. It was true to a certain extent. It was enough for me, but definitely not for my mom. I had no idea how much work I’ll be undergoing because my father’s existence was almost natural to me. It was natural for him to take care of me and mom. Despite my hatred for him, I didn’t realize how much I had relied on him for all these years. I finally understood his frustration first hand when he placed some of that burden onto my shoulders.
The first difference I’ve noticed were my rides to school. Immediately on Monday, I was late to school because I had to walk roughly 30 minutes from the normal time I woke up, 7:30 a.m. Suddenly, everything became inconvenient. From then on, I had to wake up an extra hour early, including packing my own lunch to preparing breakfast for both my mother and I. The packed lunch and prepared breakfast is no longer in the car waiting for me. My father wasn’t here. On top of that, I no longer had free convenient rides to school to make sure I got to school on time. I began to feel my first moments of frustration, towards myself and my mother.
However, nothing could prepare me for the nights. Although afternoons were fairly normal, as I hardly saw my mom and would get rides home from my friends, the night was completely different. My mom didn’t expect me to cook, so most of our meals were to-go and fairly small in portion. I still remember making myself another meal in the middle of the night simply because dinner wasn’t sufficient enough for me. Besides washing the dishes and doing the laundry, I also had to help her shower, lifting her up and down onto a chair located inside the shower because she’s unable to stand. The walks with my dog were also scary since my dad would accompany me at night.
The gap my father left behind was too much for me. I was suddenly asked to be independent from three years of being dependent on others and I quickly became angry at everything. I was moody most of this week, towards my mother and myself so being so reliant on others. The name that my mom called and relied on most of the time now rested on me and I didn’t know what to do but respond, negatively or not.
The end of the week is nearing quickly and tomorrow my dad will be returning. Although I don’t want to admit it, I’m secretly relieved because the burden he left behind was far too heavy for me. But aside from realizing how useless I’ve become, I also have a newfound respect for my father. He was able to do all these things for us for the past three years, without failing to do his part everyday. The fact that he complains and gets angry is a normal human reaction. The chance of being in his shoes for about a week had gave a me a far better understanding of him than I’ve ever had watching him from my shoes.
Although, the normal course of my days will return shortly after tomorrow, this was definitely a memorable experience. Aside from understanding my dad, I came to finally see my own weaknesses as well. But because I finally had a small taste of that burden, I think I’ll lift some of that responsibility off of him when he comes back. It’s the only way I can pay him back for these years.
Reading this almost broke my heart. I can really tell all of the emotional struggles and pain that lies behind your words and I really am touched by all of the hardships mostly because it's all too familiar for me. I don't have the best relationships with my family members either, but reading your post made me realize that you don't have to have a good relationship to understand how much you really need them in reality. I never really stop to appreciate all of the things my parents do for me, and this really inspired me to start. Thanks for the great piece, I really really enjoyed it.
After reading your response to my comment I decided to read your comment as well and I understood why you could relate.
I admire your strength to admit everything your father has done and wanting to help him after he returns. Your piece reminds that hate can be a terrible barrier that ruins not only ourselves but also affects the love we have for our families.
Sometimes we tend to focus on the pain they cause us and we feel wronged. Instead of trying to talk or change things we remain silent thinking that that is the answer, but it only makes things worse.
Larissa, I can’t imagine what your situation is life. We all seem to forget how precious our parents are to us, even if they seem to be a nuisance. I’m glad that you found respect for your father. In my case, every time I try, there’s always something that hinders the bond between my parents and I. I admire you for your strength as it seems like the accident to your mother and your father leaving for the business trip has really taken a toll on you. Your personal story has helped me reflect upon my own emotional struggles. Hope that you and your dad will get along!
Sometimes things can only be learned by putting yourself into other people’s shoes. I’m happy for you that you were able to realize how amazing of a father you have. You might hate him, and he might not show much love, but deep down I’m sure he loves you more than anyone else would.
I know that feeling of frustration very well. The constant responsibility and need to have patience for the disabled and the further frustration when you know it's not their fault or yours. I think that's an important life factor that ability to control our temperature and have patience for things that can easily upset us. It seems like your father is definitely the carrier of the family and he's holding it together with taking care of both your mom and yourself. I think it's great that you've realized how much effort your father is going through to sustain the family.
Larissa! Your post made me get all the feels hahaha. I totally understand how you felt. Last year my mom was away for long periods of time in order to care for my sick grandmother in Brazil and for the first time I realized how much work she puts into taking care of me. There were times were I also felt angry about having to do everything, but it made me cherish my mom’s hardwork. We were in the same English class last year yet I never could have imaged that all of this was happening to you. I really love these blog posts because it allows us to share a part of ourselves that not everyone gets to see on the outside, therefore thank you so much for opening up and expressing your hardship. Even though you and your dad my not have the most intimate of relationships, I wholeheartedly believe that he loves you. Sometimes the most precious things are hard to find or see, that is why treasure is always hidden away and it is our job to find it.
I always tell myself and others around me that my family is the most important thing to me… but was that really true? I haven’t been appreciating them lately, always choosing to stuff earphones into my ear rather than telling my parents about how my day went. I often neglect the fact that they were the reasons why I am fortunate enough to have a good education, to have a roof over my head, to be my wall of support when I felt down. They were the only ones that I knew for sure would not judge me for how I looked or how smart I was. I was their son, and so I received unconditional love. However, lately, I have not been reciprocating this love, making excuses along the way for why I have been acting this way toward them, such as my rigorous school load and heavy exercise regiment. I don’t interact in deep and meaningful ways with them anymore, and I felt myself drifting from them; what’s worse, I let it happen.
It’s not that I didn’t love them; I loved them tremendously, but family was nevertheless put in the backseat while school and cross country were put in the front seat. I knew this was very wrong, but strangely felt no drive to fix it. I decided today (Thursday) that I was going to be proactive and forge new and stronger bonds with my parents. I pushed cross country and all the tests I had to study for next week out of my head, and focused on connecting with my family, to actively assert how much I loved them.
Over dinner, I told them for the first time how I felt about my future, about how I felt secure because I had them to go to in case I ever felt like I needed to be loved. I told them a detailed account of my day (I, like many others, usually respond with “good” whenever my parents ask my how my day was) It was awkward, but my parents’ love-filled responses comforted me and reaffirmed why family is so important. Later on, we visited my grandfather, who is battling illness, and I got to further connect not only with my parents, but with my grandfather as well. I am surrounded by those I love, and I feel safe and protected, a feeling that was somewhat missing when I neglected family. This is ultimately the first step of many that I will attempt to connect in more meaningful ways with my family.
Hey Chris! I agree with you completely that we should cherish our family the most while we have them. It is very nice that you have that security with your future and you were able to interact with them over dinner in greater detail this time. I hope you and I both can continue to value our relationships with our family, because these relationships are about to change drastically over the course of the next chapter in our lives.
I’m sure many teenagers can relate to you. However(and this is only my personal opinion and there’s no reason for you to even consider it), I don’t believe that connecting with family members is that big of a deal. I think that a parent’s role is to raise a child, not befriend them or form an everlasting, unbreakable bond with them. In fact, drifting apart is inevitable. So, why not cut the ties earlier? Most likely, the people who we will be spending most of our life with from this point on won’t be out parents. Their time has already come and past. Mr. Feraco once said to treasure our time with our family members because we don’t have much time left with them anymore, but I disagree with that. Why start forming a bond right when we’re just about to separate. We’ve spent enough time with our parents when we were children, so isn’t it time to move on?
I really relate to what you're facing, a dilemma on the relationship with your parents. I face the same problem myself and my mother actually confronted me about this. She emphasised the point that she feels a rift in the relationship. Confronting something like this can be difficult to face and deal with.
I really commend you for trying to reach out to your parents as your something new.
When the sun shine upon my face, I will keep moving forward with every step.
I don’t go out much. Every day is a daily routine. Go to school, go home, do homework, and sleep. Stuck in my room creates this feeling of displeasure. Being confined makes me feel a bit robotic. Knowing that adventure awaits and I’m not chasing it. I love to just explore and examine scenery. To hear and watch the nature around us. Just taking my time to enjoy the beauty. To get up and search for an adventure. Getting out of the house is great. To look for the amazing places while hiking, driving, or jogging.
As of today, I went out and met an intriguing person. i’m planning on going out a lot with the new friends, i made this year, and go hiking to just enjoy my life. To live my life to the fullest. Reminding me that adventure awaits. Wouldn’t it be great to just live in the movie UP? To explore the world and meet new people. For now, i will enjoy every minute of it and it will be a gift to me. That is why today is the present.
I really like your very first sentence, it is really similar to the kind of look I have for myself everyday. I also like how you are starting to change your daily routine to be more outgoing and adventurous. After knowing your past and your strict parents, I like how you are changing to find yourself as a person and be more adventurous. Have fun!
Period 2/ SFHP
8 October 2015
"Hola mi hija, ¿como esta my little baby? miras muy bonita hoy!
Translation: Hello my daughter, how is my little baby doing? You look so pretty!
Such little saying yet so much meaning and emotion from a little old man who I rarely see.I could live each morning, day, and night repeatedly with him, talking and bonding just as I did for the past 13 years. The only difference is we do not live together no more and the occasional encounters we have, do not make up for the last 4 years we could have spent, if I had not decided to switch schools.
Each morning when I would wake up he will be right by the door singing “mis amores levantanse es time for school” (my loves get up it’s time for school) and he would stand with this bright white smile. The sound of his subtle yet funny voice and attempt to be like prince charming, fills me with laughter and joy. My grandfather is a man I look up to dearly and admire because his compassion and belief to live life to the fullest is embraced through his confidence and continuous laughs. I enjoy every moment I spend with him because he makes my day even if I am having a bad day or either a good day, he is always there to make things better. His companionship is something I love because there is no one who can make me happier than he does.
If only we lived closer it would be more meaningful to be with him than spend a few hours with him only because I am in the area. But every chance I get to spend with him and my grandma, I try to make the best of it even if it is just watching tv and talking with them.
My favorite memories are when we go out to eat for breakfast, lunch, or dinner with my sister and grandparents because the bond we all have when we are with each other eating is very pleasing. I love the constant nagging my grandparents go through with each other when my grandma does not know what to order or when my grandpa acts like he knows everything. For example like today after I got out of school I drove to my grandparents to go out for lunch and just as I suspected my grandparents were arguing over some ridiculous thing. After lunch we decorated the house for halloween and it was a lot of fun because it brought back memories of when I use to decorate the house every year when I was living with my grandparents. Three hours spent at my grandparents house cleaning, dancing, singing, and decorating with the two people that mean the most to me.
Any minute, hour, or day spent with my grandparents is any time I would give up to be with them because they mean so much to me. They practically raised me and are like my parents because they have such a big impact on my life. I know as the days go by the older they get and the less time I have to spend with them. Therefore it is my mission to visit as so often as I can because I know when I go off to college I will be preoccupied in my studies and work. But who knows I might end up living with them again when I go to college. All in all life should be spent on time worth spending because filling your life with enjoyment and happiness is the key to satisfaction. My grandparents fill in my whole of satisfaction with their warm hugs and open hearts.
I liked the way you took to this assignment. I think it's really sweet that you enjoy being with your grandparents so much. Many times people our age see spending time with their grandparents more as a burden and try to avoid it as much as possible. Like you, I value the time I spend with my grandparents and I genuinely enjoy being in their presence. I'm sorry you do not get to to see your grandparents as often as you would like to and I do hope that in the future you get more opportunities to spend time with them.
I called up a few friends of mine to go on a hike at Chantry. It was me, Jessica, Adam, and Vanessa. I haven't seen them in a while since they go to college at PCC. It was great to see them. Both vanessa and Jessica loved track, while Adam and I loved soccer. We went around ten in the morning. It was my second time going to Chantry and loved it the first time I went. There was sort of a lot of people but it didn't really bother us.
We started walking and it was very sunny out, but there was a cool breeze every once in awhile. Adam and I got kind of annoyed because the girls stopped every twenty feet to take pictures. Adam and I climbed a tree and that was the only time we took a picture. We were on our way to the waterfall. Vanessa and Jessica kept slipping every time there was a small hill. We were crossing from one side to another and I slipped and almost fell in the water. The only thing that got wet were my runnings shoes. I was kind of upset because I had to go running the following morning. We saw a few birds fly by and Jessica would always stop to see where they would land. We got to the waterfall and we took a few pictures there because it was really nice.
After we saw the waterfall, we had to leave because Jessica had soccer practice and she couldn't miss it.
It was a great day because we loved going on hikes. we loved seeing the birds and especially the waterfall. The waterfall was really nice to look at and tis relaxing. I'm glad I got to see my friends again because I haven't seen them since they've graduated. Spending time with them made me realize how much i miss them and how much they are important to me. We talked about going again but it would be hard because of school. I have to say I miss Adam the most because we played in varsity soccer together last year and we were best friends. We barely talk now and it sucks.
Hi Javier! My name is Young Un. I, too, have many friends in PCC now, and my best friend is in PCC, too. So I understand the feeling how your best friend is not around you anymore who was always with you in the past. I am so glad that you and your friends went on to hiking, and had so much fun, and you realized how important are your good friends. I know it sucks when you don’t talk to your best friend as much as before, but I think it is better to move on and find another good friend.
I live right next to foothills middle school, right on the top field. During the week while the field is not occupied by school members it turns into a normal park for the public to use. People walk in and out bringing their dogs to play in the park or fly their drones around. Every one there is very friendly and fun to talk to I know most of them by name because they come here so often. They know me as either the corner house guy or the guy who owns THE subaru. Being next to the school means I have only two neighbors, one right across the street and one to the right of my house and of course I know them very well. My street is quiet, they know me as the kid with too many hobbies but they really know one of my hobbies very well. I’ll get to that later.
I respect my neighbors, I’m not loud past a reasonable hour and that brings me to my favorite hobbie, music. I play the trombone, I actually play pretty much everything but the trombone is my favorite. Being a trombone section leader in school mean I need to practice. I play very well and have a wide range of music that I know / paly. People everyone in a while will stop by and ask my to play some iconic song or something stupid and is great. I make sure that i don’t disturb everyone, this week I changed that for one day. Those of you who know the trombone is a loud instrument. Unleashed it can play around 135 decibels or the point where your ears will hurt. SO I decided to unleash it. Note why I don't do this too often is because at full volume you shred your embouchure and can play for about 12 - 24 hours, I didn't care. My rationalization for causing pain to my face is for the sake of this class. I got out my large bore blessing with the forbidden 1 ¼ G mouthpiece and made sure no one was home. It was amazing. I had shooting headphones on with earphones inside. I was listening to trombone specific music while playing at full volume. The headphones protect my ears from being damaged. I have to do my best to describe what if felt like. In our school we call this blasting when someone is playing so loud that they have no consideration for how good they sound. The physical feeling is wonderful, the tips of your lips go cold, you no longer feel sensation in your mouth. You get light headed while every last drop of air is forced out of your lungs through your trombone. For those who don’t know the trombone is a very straight instrument with only 2 curves making the air flow smooth with low air resistance. This is why it is such a loud instrument. After about 30 minutes my lips were dead. I felt them pulsing and throbbing and it hurt. However I was not satisfied, I still wanted to make noise. I had plenty of instruments to choose from. From trumpet to guitars I finally settled on to other loudest instrument I owned, the drumset. I have been playing this for as long as I can remember and I haven't gotten the time to bash on it for a while now. Just like the trombone I used ear protection because I was planing on playing full volume in a echo-ie room. Lets just say that the sound was penetrating the walls of my house and flowing freely into the world for everyone to hear.
The important thing is I didn't care for one day what the outside world cared, I made noise (not music for once, just noise ). I don't need to really explain why I don’t do this so often or why it’s special, It’s obvious. This is what I love to do and I do play music everyday but not on this scale of volume and fun. After everything it was like a workout, not that I will ever know what a workout actually feels like. ALSO literally the first comment I read before this was from Jose who did the same thing. I connect with his feeling and his need to play his bass guitar in the same way
Hey Ramen! I've never really played an instrument for a long period of time, so I do not share that same love and passion for playing one. The way you described your ardor towards playing an instrument seemed very special, even though I could not relate to it. I remember the nights at your house when all we did was bang the drum set (you playing a lot better than me, of course). That was the only time where I felt joy towards playing an instrument. Although it was not as intense, the feeling I got was pretty spectacular.
Wow, it is amazing that you can play different instruments, and know how to play. It is also impressive that you had the gut to “blast” the music for once, even if the neighbor cared. I liked how you were able to write a detailed information of your experience, as well as, why the trombone is able to be so loud because of its design. However, I wished that you can describe how you felt after you played your instruments more, especially the second you stopped playing the trombone. Did you feel nervous that the neighbor were going to knock on you door? Did you feel an excitement that you never had before? It would’ve been pretty cool to know more about the experience since nobody does this often.
Are we really happy with who we are right now? The question that has constantly stayed in my head since Mr. Feraco asked it ; trying to figure out if I really am happy. You would think that a person who has everything a teenager could ask for would be happy, I mean I have a loving family who supports most of my decisions, who understand the hardships that i endure in my life as a teen and who has every intention of keeping me safe from the crazy world we live in. But I don’t feel true happiness from that.
I feel as if I could of done a lot better with my life and could have chosen better choices. Like for instance small ones like getting a better grade on the recent test, or just being a better friend. The big choices are what really concern me, wishing I could of laughed more or focussed more on myself. If I had done this I would have been able to be happy with who I am.
Now all I see are my insecurities and uncertainties as I look in a mirror, I see myself as frighten girl wanting desperately to get out; to truly become who I was meant to be. Now that I realize that, I am willing to make a change in order to make myself truly happy.
I have the same idea with you. I also have happy family and some good friends and I also know that I have a better life that other people. However, sometimes I still unhappy and unsatisfied for myself, for example,I hate my figure when I stand in front of mirror. Nevertheless, I know if I get all things that I want I will still unhappy, because new things that I do not own will come up. It likes a strange cycle. Since sence of unsatisfied, people can improve themselves and get better life.
I know exactly how you feel. I am a really indecisive person because like the poem, "The Road Not Taken", states that if we make a decision and go down one path, then we will not be able to take the other road because we can't be in 2 places at the same time. Knowing that making one choice could affect many other choices is a scary thing. I, also like you, regret many things. I also have many insecurities and uncertainties as well, but I think we should try to look over them, love ourselves, and live in the present because we will never get this time again.
Hey Elyssa, I really liked what you wrote, and I want to let you know not to worry, you are definitely not alone, I feel the same sometimes too but then I remember how young I am and how much life I have ahead of me, so I worry less and do more. Be happy and strive for what you love to do. And remember the small things are what make the big things count.
So, this coming week, I’m gonna be doing what I had pushed back in such a long time—I’m gonna actually rap. For quite a long time, all I’ve been doing is churning out rap lyrics, writing numerous amounts, and so on. I always loved the end result; I loved my writing and how everything rhymed and fit together in one beautiful symphony of words and music. But it was always kind of disappointing that at the end of every lyric I would realize it would never come to life. It would never be the music in the ears that I always imagine hearing in my head. Never.
I tried to make beats for my lyrics, but it’s quite simply hard for me. I don’t have the proper equipment (a mic costs like a lot and the software costs even more), and with the limited resources I have, it’s hard and it’s frustrating. So, for quite a while, I had given up and thought to myself, I’ll just wait until college and take some classes and then I’ll start from there.
But when this assignment was given, I realized that I had to come back to this. I had put it off for too long. This time, I had to be more flexible. If I can’t make beats, I’ll simply find someone else to make them for me. So I had a friend who happened to make a lot of this type of music, and he offered to let me use one of his beats to rap. It’s kinda like Macklemore and Ryan Lewis—Macklemore is the rapper, but he needs Lewis for the beats and producing.
I then had another friend who not only offered to mix vocals for me, but come over to his house and use his mic as well. And so I realized that what I thought was impossible to pursue what I really wanted was possible—you just need a little help from your friends.
To be honest, I cannot do a honest reflection now of the experience, because I haven’t done it yet (doing it soon Friday, though). But I can indeed reflect on myself. On why, when thinking back to why I didn’t do it before, why I didn’t push harder. Why I just simply gave in to the circumstances. I’m kind of disappointed in my past self. But at the same time, I’m glad this opportunity came up—it has reinvigorated me to pursue what I have always wanted to pursue.
Hi Titus! This is Young Un or Jeff. You have such a cool hobby as rap. I never tried. I never actually even thought about trying because it seems so difficult. Maybe I should learn from my friends too. I agree on how you said that if you can’t do something, you can always find friend who can help you. And I, too, think that friends are big part of our life and I cannot survive without my friend’s help. I am so glad to hear that you restarted what you have been doing and I am also jealous that you have so many friends who can help you to pursue what you want to do.
Hi Jeff, I'm pretty sure you have friends who can help you as well-- you just have to go look for them or go find them. Those two friends I mentioned in the post-- to be honest, I barely talk to them. But I made the initiative and said hey, I'm interested in what you guys do; can you help me? If you do just that, I'm pretty sure you'll find people. And if you say you don't have much friends, then go make some if you choose to. The more good friends you have, the more support you'll get. Simple.
I am glad that you decided to go back into rapping. We all face obstacles within our lives, which is part of being human, and part of life. I for one, am also mad at myself for not pushing myself harder in the past as I should of have, but that is that past and we can’t do anything about it now. The good thing is that we accept it, keep living in the present, and take advantage of our dreams and staying pursuing it. The future and our success moving forward should always be kept in mind.
I can relate to your story when I put things aside to do things later when I have the time. I was always interested to learn how to code and I kept making excuses. I thought I will never be able to be good as the people who starting coding as a freshmen, but many of my friends were skilfull enough to help me. I have held up on many things when I could have done was ask for help. I heard the rap on facebook and that was on fire. If you ever release a mixtape, I will definitely buy one.
Thanks for your support! And I wish you luck on your pursuit of coding.
Hi Titus, I am amazed how you were able to do something you enjoyed with a friend and how you guys both played a different part in the process. I also admire how you were able to take on such a challenging and unique task.
This assignment made me happy.
My mother usually never allows me to go out or chill with friends on a school day. She would always ask, "Did you finish your homework?" and my reply would be a shameful no. I don’t allow myself to go out either. I always convince myself that there is never enough time to actually go and do big things like watching a movie, even though I always procrastinate homework by doing little things like scrolling through social media. For a brief time last year, I indulged in 2 hour yoga classes on school nights. When my mom saw me struggling to finish homework when she went to bed, she stopped sending me on weekdays and only let me go on weekends (I still somehow managed to leave my homework until late hours anyway).
This week, I figured that since I always somehow end up sleeping late on school days, I’m going to allow myself to do actual, meaningful things that I usually wouldn’t do.
I was rummaging through my backpack in 6th period and saw a notification on my phone for a group chat.
Sydney (1:54 pm): HEY DOES ANYONE WANNA GO TO VEGGIE GRILL
WITH ME N ALENA AFTERSCHOOL
Me (2:16 pm): I DOYESSS
(I was too excited to express myself with proper grammar and spelling. Veggie Grill is my favorite restaurant and you all need to go there.)
Conveniently, my mom had told me earlier that day that she wouldn’t be able to pick me up from school. When school ended, however, I saw her text that said “Pick up 2:50”.
My parents had managed to stop by early before going to whatever it was that they were doing later, and they were already waiting for me at the parking lot. I was disappointed and thought that I should just go home instead. I had written a huge to-do list in my agenda, but as I eagerly walked with Sydney and Alena, I called my mom and told her that I was going to get food with my friends. My mom happily agreed, which shocked me a little, but I then I became super excited. It felt so weird yet exhilarating to be going out on a Tuesday.
In the car, Sydney played songs from the playlist she put together for the homecoming and it was basically Party Bus Jam Sesh Part 2. We placed a pick-up order on the phone and parked outside of Veggie Grill. Then we walked down to T-Pumps instead of waiting around in the car. It happened to be T-Pumps Tuesday, so we all got free upgrades to the larger size. Last month, I spent $5 on a peach lime green tea, and my friend pointed out that I always bought expensive drinks. So, I made a rule that I’d limit myself to one drink a month. Now was the perfect time to treat myself!
The three of us went back to Veggie Grill to pick up our food, we had Jam Sesh Part 3, and Alena dropped me and Sydney off at my house. We both ate our favorite vegan buffalo wings with creamy ranch and celery sticks while watching vegan recipe videos on YouTube. It was past 5 o’ clock and I still didn’t worry about homework.
I barely wrote anything in my agenda for this day.
When I got home, I made guacamole, baked some cinnamon rolls (pre-made), and took out my old yellow guitar and ukulele (Chill Jam Sesh Part 1).
When I got into bed, I camped under my blanket and stayed up reading all of the recently updated chapters of stories in my library on WattPad.
Ah, Common Core day AND no school tomorrow? There was no other day better than today to “do the thing.”
Today Madame Vaughan gave my class a deep talk about our future: how we were more than our grades, how we will get into college, how safety schools are good schools too, how we should follow our passion even though we may not know what it is in our first year and that’s okay, how we should take care of ourselves this weekend and get some sleep, and she made us say “I love myself.” It took the weight of the pressing college apps and school projects off my shoulders a little bit, and it was enough to make me follow through with the lunch plans I had tentatively made with my friends.
We went to CPK for Speech and Debate’s fundraiser, and I got a delicious tomato basil spaghettini (sans drink, although the peach lemonade sounded tempting). Then we bloatedly waddled around the mall and window shopped. We fumbled with the makeup testers at the new NYX store like little girls with mommy’s makeup. At another store, I saw a jacket that I really liked, but I only had $1 left in my wallet. As my friends and I sat and talked in the massage chairs, I remembered the emergency $20 bill I always keep in one of my wallet pockets. Hey, this was an “emergency” :^) Besides, the jacket was cheaper than the pasta.
I was planning on doing homework and more fun things later in the day, but I ended up taking a 4 hour nap. Oops.
“Do the thing” will be my new motto from now on. It’s crazy how academics made me value work more than personal fulfillment. Indulging in fun experiences instead of empty, filler things that pushed back my homework was really, really nice. While I won’t be spending every day indulging and having fun and being “all play and no work”, I want to try finding more meaningful things to do along with the necessary things. It’s refreshing to forget the stress and worries for a while, and it’s rejuvenating to be excited and to laugh and to do the things I love.
TREAT YO SELF. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OP3xf6BFEIo) I hope you all enjoy yourselves this weekend and the weekdays after too.
Hi Tina! For a start, I was grinning while reading your post because of how funny you and your friends are! Being consumed in our schoolwork, we tend to forget to enjoy our lives frequently and I’m glad you’ve resparked your good times with your friends. At the same time, let me just tell you how much I respect what you did this week. No, I’m not talking about indulging in Veggie Grill, but the fact that you completely set aside your worries of school. Being a student of Arcadia High, no one can simply set aside their schoolwork because that’s out of the ordinary, and I guess I find bravery in you, for stepping your foot across the line and truly enjoying yourself. That is something I wish I had the guts to do. For all your future aspirations, I wish the best of luck, and keep up your funny stories!
Being silly with friends is always fun (: Setting aside my homework was definitely hard at first, not to mention risky. But, I think it's necessary to do so every once in a while to stay sane. Thanks for your reply, I really appreciate it!
Haha! This was really light and fun post! So, for starters, I agree that we should all spend time doing things that are fulfilling and important to us. Indulging oneself is a worthy way to be happy, it satisfies your one's needs and also it helps one find meaning in their lives. The refreshing feeling you feel when you indulged is what people should try to attain, it's something that fulfills a portion of life that is blocked out by the numbing of people's daily activities.
I'm glad you enjoyed my post! Personally, I feel like the word indulge has a sort of negative connotation, like a guilty pleasure (me spending too much money on food and clothes), but if it brings happiness like you said, it's all good-- as long as it's legal and does no harm of course. Interesting how you called daily activites "numbing." Hopefully one day we can fill our days with pleasurable and fulfilling activities instead of mundane ones so that our routines are less numbing.
I enjoyed your free-flowing entry. You disregarded writing convention and it made for a much more pleasurable read. THe chronological style of writing has its benefits and you definitely showcased them off here.
I'm a little curious as to how vegan buffalo wings taste now. I'm glad you enjoyed your food adventures/jam sessions and thanks for supporting Speech and Debate!
Thanks for commenting!
The buffalo wings taste exactly like normal buffalo wings. My favorite used to be the ones at Black Angus but when Veggie Grill opened nearby, theirs became my new favorite 60% of the goodness is because of the spicy sauce, 20% owes itself to the fact that it's vegan, 10% is in the familiar crispy on the outside, chewy on the inside texture, and the last 10% goes to the awesome ranch dip.
How Do You Fight?
There are times in our life when happiness seems nonexistential. Happiness is not natural state of mind or emotion, we have to mold our minds into a certain way to generate happiness. And that can be problematic at times, because whether we realize it or not, there needs to be some kind of special harmony between our five senses in order to produce happiness. Needless to say, the situations that we come face to face with trigger our senses, and the result is an array of emotions that we don’t always have the power to control. So my response to the question, “Are we really happy with who we are right now?” would simply be “no.”
Life is full of uncertainty. We can make up our minds, and then suddenly regret those decisions. Sometimes we have the opportunity to correct our choices, other times there isn’t anything that we can do other than to accept them, and there are even times when the choices that affect our lives the most are in the hands of someone else. This is all to say that a person can know what they want or appreciate what they have, yet simultaneously don’t know what they want or don’t know how to appreciate the things they have. Just take a look at relationships, romantic relationships in particular. A couple that is dating may share a mutual feeling of affection, the longer they spend time together, the stronger the bond will be between them. But it’s possible that one day the couple becomes tired of each other. They start to lose pleasure in sharing a kiss, holding hands, or hearing each other’s stories and jokes. Their relationship simply falls apart. Or maybe it’s just one of the persons in the relationship that calls it quits, leaving the other person dangling dumbfounded. No matter how well a relationship is going during a certain point in time, there’s always the potential for a relationship to take a wrong turn and completely fall apart.
Happiness is essentially a romantic relationship, only instead of a relationship with another person, it’s with oneself. From time to time, we come across days when we love who we are, love what we do, love the people around us, and believe that life is great. Other days, we hate ourselves, we’re annoyed by our flaws and imperfections, and think that life is meaningless. There may be some middle-ground between the two, but it’s the side that you lean to that make the biggest impact on your life. Happiness is merely a temporary feeling. If you’ve ever met a person who always seems to be happy, then they’re just really good at preserving that feeling. Therefore you can’t be happy with who you are at just any given point in time. Happiness is a process, even a journey such as Siddhartha's. Happiness is a constant battle against pain, heartache, misfortunes, and so on and so on. If you’re someone that already feels happy, good, but can you make it last? You can certainly give it a try but I’m telling you it will not work. But always remember to keep the two most important weapons on you during battle, hope and optimism.
Good Morning Ryan,
Reading your comment certainly brought up a lot of questions- happiness, love, accepting ourselves, and how permanent something may be.
You say that happiness cannot last, not with ourselves, not with the people around us and how we condition ourselves to generate that joy, and I certainly agree.
But I do not agree that it is a battle against pain, misfortunes and everything bad- it is a battle against ourselves because we are the ones who allow these feelings to dominate us.
I try to live by believing that all these misfortunes are necessary no matter how how much one suffers. How would you appreciate happiness and come to strive for it if you did not feel sadness? How would you know what it means to live if you did not learn the aches and joys of the feeling heart?
It bothers me to know that nothing can be certain nor permanent- there are limits and bounds unreachable to the mind and knowledge of man. Our states of being fall into this. We may be well informed on happiness, mental disorders, and psychology may hold many answers, but there is always that foggy area in which nothing is understood.
You say to keep hope and optimism- the best weapons, but you yourself do not believe this, you say it is in vain. What use are these things to you if you do not see them as truly useful? Happiness is a confusing matter, no one has a concrete answer as to what it is or how to reach this state- that is why many of us question our purpose and what we want to be.
“Tell me why this thing is something you truly love;
tell me why you don’t get to do it often,
if at all.”
The thing I love to do the most in the world is surfing the net and using the computer, whether if it’s for entertainment or homework. It honestly is what I enjoy doing the most. My reason is not that I’m particularly interested in computers or anything of that sort; in fact, my windows skills are very basic.
One may argue that my response has not completed Mr. Feraco’s assignment, but I
believe it has. There’s nothing I really want to do that I’m not already doing right now or that is possible for me right now. I want to re-experience a rollercoaster and go on a field-trip or a hike, but they couldn’t have been actual desires of mine. I had most of my summer to myself, and I’m positive my mom would have encouraged me to go out and go on a field-trip or do something similar to that; but, I didn’t. I could have done those things at any time, but I didn’t. One can call this laziness, but if laziness if all it takes to get in the way of what I “desire”, then I’d question whether my desire is truly my desire. Note that I’m not talking about fear or lack of time being the obstacle, just plain laziness and lack of motivation.
Thus, I argue that if there is something I truly wanted to experience and do that is within my capabilities of this current time and age, I probably would have done it already. This doesn’t apply to everyone, because some, like previously stated, are faced with obstacles that are outside of or more difficult to overcome. I don’t have those obstacles. It would be interesting to go to an aquarium and touch a ray, but I’d have to do it at the cost of my time, my mom’s time, and her money; or, I can get a job, but that’d cost me even more of my time and my grades and sleep as well, assuming that I can get hired in the first place. If I had to sacrifice so much in order to enjoy myself, wouldn’t it be more efficient and less costly to just find enjoyment on youtube or reddit? It’s like choosing between driving seventy miles to a Walmart at who knows where and driving half a mile to a Wal-mart two blocks away from home.
One may argue again that doing the same thing over and over is repetitive and that new experiences of the same enjoyment level are more valuable, because that one Walmart on the other side of earth is just so much more captivating and different. My following statement may or may not convince them otherwise, but I’m throwing my two cents in anyway. There’s around 5k Walmart stores in the world as of now, according to corporate.walmart.com. Taking account of their mass variety in location and the amount of free time or vacation time one has available to spend in order to make the trip, and of course, the monopoly-like events that frequently pop up to disturb one’s flow throughout life, how many Walmart stores can an AVERAGE person visit in their lifetime? Most likely not all of them; maybe 500. My logic goes as follows:
We assume that a person works 5/7 days a week and has a one week vacation annually for the holidays. We know that they must always return to their home or their job location, so each trip is cut by half due to the need to have a go trip and a return trip. Thus, the distance in which they can travel away from their home is limited by the distance they can travel in a day, regardless if they choose a different return route from their go route. Assuming that their home is located at the center of California, we can use the entire state of California as the parameters in which they can travel in during their normal weekday. Technically, they can travel outside of California, but we must take in consideration that their goal is to shop at Walmart stores, not to take road trips. Therefore, they will have to travel off the freeway and spend some of their time shopping in the Walmarts, thus cutting off the maximum distance they can travel away from their home. So, they will, outside of their vacation time, be limited to a choice of 167 Walmart stores. The other 333 Walmart stores will have to be traveled to during their vacation. (We’re not counting in the retirement years).
So, 500, or even 1000 is not up to the halfway point of 5,000. It’s only 1/10 of the whole, or 1/5 if one were to be optimistic. We can’t experience everything in our lifespan, as everyone already knows. It’s like we have a whole cake sitting in front of us but we can only have a morsel, or if we’ve always wanted a cat but all we get is its dismembered tail. Getting a bite of cake or a fluffily bloodied tail is better than nothing, but what we’re doing is we’re setting ourselves up for more than we can achieve.
Our interests stem from our experiences. We don’t just develop random interests for no reason. With each new experience, we gain more interests and wants. But, that also means, referring back to the Walmart analogy, we’re expanding the total number of Walmarts. While we could visit 500/5,000 before, maybe now that we’ve expanded our interests, we can visit 500/50,000. The amount of Walmart stores we can shop at in a lifetime remains the same, but this time, we can only visit 1/100 of all Walmart stores. This means that now, we’re only getting a crumb of a cake or a patch of fur of a cat. We expanded our parameters but the number of achievements remain relatively the same. The empty hole of unexplored area is now larger than ever. By expanding our parameters, we’ve created more emptiness and failed potential in our life.
I was initially going to use this argument to say that we shouldn’t be so eager to go out of our way and break our mold to do something we normally don’t do as what I believe Mr. Feraco is telling us to do, but I change my mind. Even if we live in a tiny town, there’s an infinite amount of interests and things to do. Even if we set our parameters to be extremely specific and particular(which must be reasonable, because we can only live so particularly), there is still always an infinite amount of things to learn and to experience within those parameters, just like how there’s an infinite amount of things to do if one had access to the whole world or the whole universe. Thus, by math logic, infinity = infinity. So, it doesn’t really matter if we seek to pursue our interests or if we don’t. So, maybe my Walmart comparison isn’t very representative in this context, but I feel that it serves to prove a point anyhow.
As for my experience with using the computer and surfing the net? It’s great. Through it, I train my fingers to type masterfully like spartans be soldiers; the feeling of expanding my brain dictionary makes me feel like Buddha, and the feeling that the information of the world is at my disposal by my typing of a few words makes me feel like Hitler. My point is: surfing the net is bringing me toward enlightenment.
Hey Sharry, I can totally relate to how you feel. Similar to you, I don’t think it’s necessary to go out into the world and try things we haven’t tried before. I agree that it’s the experiences that we attain that shape our interests for new things, and it’s different for everybody. And I also hate how unwilling to try something new is associated with laziness. I make the choice on whether I want to do something or not, so why am I being criticized for not taking part in something I don’t want to do? Plus, even when I have the time and opportunity to do something new, I usually don’t do it. I spend most of my summer at home. I don’t hate my life so much that I desire going to another place for a “vacation”.
I’m tired of hearing people, especially adults and teachers, say that we should “break our mold and try something we wouldn’t normally do.” Just because I’m sticking in my comfort zone or unwilling to try something new, doesn’t mean my life is stagnant, less fulfilled, or that I am less exposed to what the world has to offer. I get that there are tons of activities to explore and there are good opportunities that come with it, but I personally am content with who I am and what I do. I feel that exploration is really an excuse for learning more about oneself.
And just like you, one of the things I love to do the most if surf the web. When I’m on my computer, I’m constantly learning something new. In fact most of my time spent on the internet is used to learn about other countries. So even when I’m not embarking on a physical adventure, I’ve got something just as fun and educational to do. I wish most people would just understand the type of person I am, and stop giving me suggestions on what I should do to make my life more enjoyable.
Since entering the 4th grade, i’ve played the cello. I haven’t always been dedicated and my enjoyment of the activity has varied over the passage of time. I always get excited when i’m finally able to play a certain piece decently (because i’m not an amazing player). A lot of the reason i’m unable to devote the amount of time i’d like in order to perfect those 16th notes for 20 measures is because of another activity i’m in, colorguard. I enjoy both, but colorguard is always taking up my time and requires my almost undivided attention. This week, my fun thing to do is going to be practicing the cello. It’s going to be perfecting those 20 measures that give me so much anxiety, so much stress. I believe that the satisfaction from getting the notes right will be worth all the frustration of the practice beforehand. It always does.
The time comes to practice. It’s monday afternoon, I keep thinking about how much I do/don’t want to do this. You see, I’ve always hated practicing, I dread it in fact. However as the years have gone on, i’ve grown more and more fond of the feeling of success that I get from doing it. So when it came time to practice today, I rather enjoyed it. I have a system to set myself up, first I get out the foldable wooden chair and endpin stopper that i’ve had for 9 years, always staying in my room in case of sporadic practice. Then I get the cello ready. Out of the case first is the bow, a long stick attached to horse hair, it’s got to be rosined because it hadn’t been rosined for almost a month. Next is the cello itself, my cello is a full-size chesnut-looking beauty. I really love the way my cello is colored, it’s rather unique because instead of a shiny finish it has a matte finish. The last step to setting up is chosing a piece of music, and this is always hard because I generally only have time for one. I choose to work on Symphony No.3 by Beethoven because it’s the hardest piece we have in orchestra right now. Getting set up was a pain in the butt, but once I got into the rhythm I began to enjoy the process. 16th notes aren’t that difficult by themselves, however what makes these ones especially hard is the tempo. Mr. Forbes would like us to play at 120, the fastest my section is able to do them and sound good is about 98. For those unfamiliar with tempo, just picture a 10 minute presentation, being done in about 20 seconds with the same amount of words as the 10 minute one. It’s insane. So I worked on them for a majority of the time, I set aside half an hour for this practice and the time seemed to pass by quickly. It always does.
After practicing, I feel more confident in the music. I know that what I previously struggled on won't be as hard anymore, and that my level will have improved (for the time being). All I hope is that I retain this growth, because generally what happens is I won't practice again for another month, and then i’ve taken steps backward and reverted to my old habits. Practicing the cello is a way for me to express emotion. If I really want to let go, i’ll just improv (even though it’s sometimes silly) and just play whatever comes to me. I enjoy music, and by playing the cello i’m given the opportunity to create music myself, or provide my own rendition of a masterpiece. Cello is my way to release emotion and my way to keep my soul happy (it always does).
“I’d want to poke my head up every once in a while and take a look around…see what’s going on.”
Siddhartha first views the surroundings as distractions which “[are] not worth a passing glance.” When he starts to examine the world, he surprisingly finds out that it can be “beautiful, strange and mysterious”.He is truly awakened with realization of the existence of what is around him, of joy and connections, which he used consider as illusions.
“How deaf and stupid I have been, walking on quickly.” Siddhartha thinks.
We have been going too fast, too, like traveling on a high-speed train. The view outside the window only appears to be a blur. We are overwhelmed by SATs/ACTs, college applications, essays, practices, activities etc. We keep ourselves busy so we won’t fall behind, but meantime, we shut ourselves away from happiness.
“You can miss it if you don’t open your eyes.”
8: 30 PM
I am not the type of person who likes to chat with people through phone. In fact, I almost never call others unless I have important things to say or I am looking for them. I just can’t stand those seconds of awkwardness between different topics when facial expressions and body language cannot help. This is what makes me enjoy calling her, my best friend on the other side of the Pacific, even more. We could talk for two or three hours nonstop, and new topics were generated right after we finished the previous ones. We would start from a bad fried chicken we just had and end with what we dreamt about the night before. We talked about everything. Time flied when I lay on my bed holding the phone.
Then I realized that I haven’t contacted my best friend for a long time. We used to call each other by phone---not skype or facetime, but international call---every two months. Then became less and less frequent as we grow older, and the last time we called was in April, half a year ago.
I miss talking to her, but we are both busy. She is busier. Her last post on social media was before the school year began. First I didn’t want to distract her by calling her in a random weekday, but then I realized that she needs this break, too. Now I am going to give her a surprise call. I will have to calculate the time in her time zone, because it would probably not be the best experience for her to pick up the phone in the middle of the Physics class. I am planing to call at her lunch time.
Somehow I am a little nervous.
It didn’t take hours like it used to be. She had to take a nap before her test. I didn’t have time to tell her about everything she has missed, but I am still glad to be re-connected with my best friend after a while. Now I feel warm and relieved. It feels better than I imagined to surprise her with a call. Just thinking about the fact that she knows that a person from 6000 miles away is caring and supporting her makes me happy.
In blog #2, we talked about sacrificing happiness and social life in order to reach success. We, like the young Siddhartha, saw them as distractions, underestimating their values. We are no Samanas, and we don’t have to make ourselves suffer. There may be some things around us that is out of our control, but we do determine our attitudes and actions. We can conquer ourselves like the mature Siddhartha. We can choose to be happy. The world doesn’t change. It is how it is, from the beginning to the end. It is all about perceptions.
Hi Zoe this is Rachel. We know each others since 10th grade and I am amazed which we are so different when it comes to the things we love to do, in other words, who we are indeed. You love to spent time with friends and chat with them, but I would love to drive to a woods and have time by my own in the middle of no where. Life change a lot like friends around us change, so I would love to be alone. The only one I know the most and I can understand why she is changing is myself. I think life is about change, however I am not a fan of changes. That is only my opinion, and I think change can be good .
Hi Zoe! I’m really glad to hear that you’ve reconnected with your best friend again, after going through so many phases without her and now you’ve been coming up with the courage to tell her what happened in your life (even though it’s almost impossible because she did not share the experiences with you). I can relate to your story in so many ways. I went to school in China for 3 years during middle school and I’m having trouble keeping up with the friends I made there, after leaving them for 5 years now. Now that I’ve read your post, I think I’m going to call my friends - to share our experiences and keep them in my life.
P.S. Thanks for being so considerate about your friend’s time zone - the details make the difference.
Hey Zoe! I think your response was really interesting. The chance to reconnect with an old friend is definitely difficult, on phone or not. I can imagine talking to my old childhood friends, even if I somehow passed by them down the hall at school. It's awkward. I can't imagine how and your friend felt when you called her. But I think changing things up and testing the waters is what makes life so interesting sometimes. What you did was bold and nice. I'm sure you guys will be able to re-bond and call back on this memory when the time comes to meet again.
I thought your genuine experience reaching out and talking to your friend was very touching. For someone like me who doesn't really have anyone to call a best friend I thought it was great how you were able to hold on to a strong friendship even 6000 miles apart. It is apparent that you guys are slightly changing, she's getting busier with school and you must be as well. I think the best thing I can say is keep making it work. Friendships are so genuine and pure and it seems like you can have a great everlasting one!
The majority of us strive for happiness. That is one of our main goals in life, and the reason why we all work so hard. A lot of students are always caught up in school that we never get to do the things we love. That is why I regret not hanging out with my friends more and going to different places to do different things. Both school and free time is essential and there should be a balance between the two for long term happiness.
One of the two things that make me happy are dancing and going to the gym to work out. I started dancing not because I thought I would enjoy it, but because my friend was going to take that class. Four years later, I am still dancing. When I dance, I don't have the time to think about the test next period or the homework that needs to be done. Dancing to me is like a stress reliever.
Other than dancing, going to the gym acts as another stress reliever. It keeps my mind off of many things and the satisfaction after a workout is one of the greatest feelings ever. I remember when I first started going to the gym, I went excessively. I went every single day and that was not good. Everyday, my body felt exhausted and heavy. As soon as I came home, I just collapsed into a deep sleep. Hours later, I would find myself to a pile of homework. This caused me to sleep later into the night which would make me feel exhausted during school the next day. After realizing that I put too much stress on my body, I started going to the gym less and eventually found my balance between school and going to the gym.
Instead of always going to the gym, dancing, and going to school, I would like to "poke my head up every once in a while" to seek nature and hang out with friends.
Hi, Mary, this is my first time to comment you, you might not know who I am but well.. why not? I am agree with you which spent time with friends are happy and you can be yourself while you are doing things you love to do. However I have different opinions on friends, they are good for us, and we must have at least some friends in our life. For me, friends are people that who I like to hang out with, but they will change and you will change too. They will never be the same people you want them to be, sometimes those changes are good and you guys will be closer. And there is another way…. Well, I am not trying to be negative, but that is true. And I just want to say, things change and also people do.
Hi, Mary! I am really glad that you finally found the balance between school and going to the gym. I feel you because both school and having fun are important but it is really challenging to balance both of them. Wow! You have been dancing for a while and I hope you can keep doing that forever. I love how you relieve your stress. Not only working out is good for your body, it also helps relieve the stress.
I also believe that we should "poke our heads up every once in a while." Life shouldn't be constrained to studying, school, and health, there has to be something more to that. Whether it's having fun or just taking a walk in the park, there's more to life than just the things we do to "survive." There is a life beyond the life we have and it's something that we notice.
I also believe that we should "poke our heads up every once in a while." Life shouldn't be constrained to studying, school, and health, there has to be something more to that. Whether it's having fun or just taking a walk in the park, there's more to life than just the things we do to "survive." There is a life beyond the life we have and it's something that we notice.
Hey Mary! I'm really glad that you're finding all these stress relievers. But I agree that you need to "poke your head up". It's important to take a look up from a book once in awhile because it does get a little tiresome after awhile. You never know if things change others around you or things affect others.
One of my greatest and yet most treasured memories that I reminisce about is the time I went out on a date to the mall with someone. I was summertime, school just got out, and being the young teenagers we were, we decided to make the most of the time we had. We met up sometime around 3 p.m at the Santa Anita Mall. We’ve done this before, multiple times in fact, yet this one felt a lot different. We were planning on staying there till 9, doing whatever possible. We’re going to call him Steve for the sake of not calling him “this person” and things like that.
We walked around for about 70% of the time since the mall is pretty small, and nothing really happened. For me though, it felt almost surreal to be there with Steve. I wish that all time had stopped when we were together; holding hands, walking around together felt magical. It was as if the day just lasted forever and we could truly be happy in our own little world. However, time kept going and it was about 4 when we decided to go to a movie. Being in a dark theater gave me the illusion of being somewhere just chilling and watching Netflix all day. Not only was it relaxing, it was oddly comforting, but it felt great to be there. Steve made me feel happy to be with him.
The movie ended around 6 even though it felt a lot earlier. The “lag of time” was too real, and before we knew it, walking around turned into eating dinner that was expensive and our time together was over. Being there, it made me feel calm compared to the hectic junior year. We hadn’t done something like that since the beginning of the year yet the feeling from then changed. Every time we took a step, I always felt my heart surge with happiness, that someone who I was with truly loved me for the person I was. However, it made me realize something: there's no more time to spend together.
Growing up in those few months, it made me realize that me being a senior, I only have so little time. I still remember the past three years of high school, and now that I’m almost done with it, I have some regrets that I put on a “pre- graduation bucket list”.
The time that we have from freshman year to senior year is brief; try explaining that to a freshman and all you’re going to get is a load of complaining. The least we can do is treasure the time we have left together while we’re all in one place before we all ship out to different places in the world, whether in state or out of country. There’s only so much time we have with the friends we have and the things we love to do. Make the most of it all and never regret a second.
I completely agree that our four years of high school passes by so fast and that we should really take in the moments that we have left. During freshman orientation, my link leader told me that four years passes by really fast and I just remember at that time thinking to myself, "Yeah, right." But now that I am a senior, I realized that he was actually right and that time really does go by super fast. Because of that, I am also cherishing the time that we have left.
My favorite athlete is Tiger Woods, one of the best golfer ever. Witnessing many of his winnings on TV, I always dreamed of becoming a talented golfer like him. He was my idol. I soon started playing golf when I was 14 years old. Everyday right after school, I would ask my mom to hurry to golf course, and I would play golf. But from one day, I stopped playing. It was so weird, once I stopped playing, I lost my passion in this game, and I lost my great dream as well. I started convincing myself that that dream was unrealistic. Pressured by so much school work, I lost my great hobby.
It is really hard to restart playing golf because it takes time to build up muscle for correct swing again. But I decided to play again anyway not just to do assignment, but I kind of wanted to find time when I wanted to start playing again. And since thursday was minimum day, I found such a great day to play. I played so horribly today. I laughed myself for how I dreamed of becoming a legendary athlete like Tiger Woods. But I had so much fun out there. I felt like I should practice and regain my skill again. Then, I can play a great golf and have so much more fun.
It was not like exciting type of fun. It felt like I was relieved. It was like I am away from so much stress I get from College applications and school work. Even though, I hit so many horrible shots and I could not find many of the balls I hit today, I was so happy to be just out here. I thought maybe I should play again to regain my skills and try out for the team. That way I believe I can get my real life back. Not a life where I am just academically dedicated, but a life in which I can meet people who have same interests and who can have fun with me out there. This assignment actually made me think about what I am doing with my life again. I feel like I actually found what I have to do now, and it will just change how I feel with my life.
I wanted to say that your post about the dream you gave up really spoke to me and made me sad.
It made me realize that we give up on our dreams because we let them die believing they will have no future.
We focus on school, getting a college degree to have money and to make our family proud, but we slowly lose our happiness.
Like your dream of golf, I also remembered my passion for art and the possibility to major in this field. I also threw that away because I was afraid and I convinced myself that only a "real" career would provide the means to live in this world- I conformed.
If once I can live the life I want, and If once I can take actions in my wants. If I can be myself for one day which I can ignore the barriers in reality. I want to drive to a snowing mountain with the companion of my best friend. We can spent a day in the snowing woods, which we can spent a night in a cabin in the middle of the woods. We can look at the stars at night while we take a seat on the front yard of the cabin and cook our dinner. Far away from the city, we can get rid of all the worries and stress. Now we are belong to the nature, we are part of the local creatures. We shake when the wind blow on us late at night, we melt in the snow and be part of the soil. The only entertainment is the nature, and we are the only audiences. Our eyes record every amazing moments and store in our memories.
It’s warm in the cabin, cherry woods are burning in the fire place. We seat around the fire and talk, any topics, from family to friends around us. We talk about those we will do or those happened. We regret many things while we are in a satisfied situation. And we rest until the other day come. Then we have to drive back to the city, to something we have to do but we don’t want to do, and to someone we love in the city.
It is funny I have so much imagination about the night of escape, and I do really want to have one night outside the cities. Then I am thinking about who will be the best friend? Who can be my companion? Who will come with me? I have considered many people around me, and I made my choice. I think I will go by myself, I can talk with myself at the fire place. After all, this is my plan to escape from those annoyance, maybe my friends and families have different opinions. I could not force anyone to come with me and understand me. Maybe I love to be alone.
Your talk about ignoring the barriers in reality really caught my attention. I like how you exert her imagination about your temporary escape from reality, how being alone can be a paradise. I used to be a loner myself, I too feel sometimes it’s better off alone, you just need to talk to yourself to avoid the noises in the crowd. We all have our own thoughts and we don’t try to force other people to accept them. A loner needs a break to free himself from the pressure and hardship that he has endured so far.
Your talk about ignoring the barriers in reality really caught my attention. I like how you exert her imagination about your temporary escape from reality, how being alone can be a paradise. I used to be a loner myself, I too feel sometimes it’s better off alone, you just need to talk to yourself to avoid the noises in the crowd. We all have our own thoughts and we don’t try to force other people to accept them. A loner needs a break to free himself from the pressure and hardship that he has endured so far.
On my eighth birthday, instead of getting the skateboard I desperately wanted, I was given a small, disposable kodak camera. Frankly, my parents forgot it was my birthday and found it in a drawer with a half used roll of film. This is how many young photographers start photography as this humble start is heard frequently as the basketball star from the hood. The camera meant nothing to me. Its technology was outdated, none of my friends couldn’t care less about it, and the most prominent feature was how it was meant to be thrown away. My parents would take me on frequent trips to little tokyo;however, this time, I had that hunk of junk bulging out of my shorts. My parents went inside the supermarket to go shopping and left me and my brother to play outside. My brother was entering his “too cool to talk to anyone” stage, so I was on my own adventure in the middle of downtown. What started as reluctance and boredom soon turned into a closed self adventure. Shots of dogs sitting patiently beside their owner, a homeless man running with three shopping carts, and a man with his shirt off dancing to his music somehow became more interesting than a 360 degree kick-flip. It was another insight to the people I will never meet in my life. I didn’t know how to use the camera, so I got everything on one side, which is basically all the photos overlapped onto one photo. Every child dreams of having a superpower and I found mine-the power to freeze time.
Using the camera I have now, I am really grateful that I moved on from my kodak camera. Although that camera was probably melted down and recycled for something else, there is a connection with the craftsman and the tool. So few things we use have a feel for what is truly happening behind the scenes. Cars are now shifted automatically with no satisfaction of the downshift and watches can be run forever without cranking the crown. People put their lives into making something great, and yet we can’t feel the passion of the craft anymore. Pressing the shutter is a conversation with the engineer. I can sense how accomplished the engineer feels to have someone appreciate and use what was made for its intended purpose.
The drive from where I live takes 40 min there and 60 min back. The time I take to walk around the city takes a little over 2 hours and I am always given a surprise with the parking prices. Los Angeles seems to be the only place where everything that happens is always different. In my hometown Arcadia, I can’t flourish my creativity in my photos and everything I take can be recaptured the next day. Los Angeles has people with stories and I want to see them through my pictures. As the saying goes, “A picture is a worth a thousand words”, and I can only get a 100 in Arcadia.
Los Angeles, the populated, traffic filled city is dreadful to many people, but it is a canvas waiting to be touched. The people, objects, and buildings are the colors and the camera is my paintbrush. This time when I went it was significantly different from when I went 2 years ago. The amount of homeless people increased remarkably as I was tempted to document the struggles of the people but I didn’t want my photos to be an act of exploitation. So I walked aimlessly from Union Station, capturing the beauty of ordinary. I jumped around from one side of the street to another, I went into the do-not-enter zones, and I felt like I was the kid who started loving photography in the first place. The shots told stories and the author was the viewer. I was mistaken to think that things around me changed and I remained as the adventure loving kid. The only thing that changed was me. People didn’t react too kindly when a 6 foot man decided to suddenly take a photo of them. I was given the eye as a pervert or the “what hell are you doing” look. The more people who told me to delete the photos left me with an incomplete day of incomplete streams of photos. I suddenly lost my super power.
I looked back at my photos and they were things I wasn’t necessarily proud of. The shots were pretty good, but this wasn’t what I wanted to depict in my pictures anymore. I still do believe everyday life needs to be documented even though things from day to day seem to never change. I want people to go back to an experience and tell the story that leaves them proud of what they did. Perhaps ordinary things don’t need to be taken with such consideration and thought. Maybe ordinary things need to be approached with ordinary ideas. For all one knows what LA might not be suited for the photographer’s ideas, but for the kodak camera.
Your "superpower" sounds really cool and I wish I can see some of the pictures that you took when you were 8 and the pictures that you took this week. I can tell that what photography means to you is very different from what other people feel about photography. Your pictures must be very authentic... I think they're worth sharing! The people who did not want their picture to be taken must have lucked out and missed out on an "instagram worthy" picture haha.
Thanks for reading Claire. I will eventually get to posting the photos, but this experience was my way to get started again. Like any start, the result is not always satisfying and I am in the learning process of managing myself through the streets. I am going to L.A. more often now, so when I do get some shots that I like I will post them.
Your essay is so detailed and uses such good imagery. I think this is my favorite quote-> “Every child dreams of having a superpower and I found mine-the power to freeze time. “ It felt like I was reading a story. I don’t think you lost your super-power though; some people just don’t like getting their pictures taken, whether by a 6 foot tall man or a 4 foot tall child. They probably felt that their privacy was invaded(they might become an internet meme). I think your most interesting paragraph is your last. I’m curious; if “ordinary things don’t need to be taken with such consideration and thought” and instead should be “approached with ordinary ideas”, then what, to you, is considered to be not ordinary? That is, not ordinary enough to be deserving of consideration and though?
I really enjoyed how you wrote about how your passion for photography started and progressed. How you turned a simple gift from your parents into your "superpower." I never understood the reason why so many people I know seems to own a really fancy camera, but I think I understand now.
It was interesting how you said you could only get "100 in Arcadia." I don't know anything about photography, but is it necessary to drive 40 minutes to capture a meaningful photo? I agree that people in Arcadia are quite homogeneous, but everyone has their own stories and quirks no matter where they live. However, I really enjoyed your blog post and I hope you continue pursuing your passion!
Hey Colin, great post! The descriptions in it are great and make it super immersive- I really liked how you described LA, both the people and the things you weren’t really looking to document. I also feel that Little Tokyo and downtown in general are always full of life and it sucks that people didn’t want to be photographed. I also enjoyed how you explained the changing connection between a craftsman and his tools- nowadays those important feelings get overlooked a lot. Thanks for sharing your story, I really enjoyed reading it and I’m looking forward to your next post!
4 - it’s the number of times I’ve been to the movie theater. I can recount when and which movies I watched in the movie theater. I don’t watch many movies. My family isn’t necessarily poor, but I learned to be a frugal person growing up. I’m conscientious of my parent’s money. Honestly, I think $8 (I don’t go to movie theaters often, so I really don’t know the price) is a lot of money to watch one movie one time. I probably would go to the movie theaters more often if I wasn’t so shy to ask someone to tag along. I enjoy most movies and can’t tell a good movie from a bad one. So, with a college application due in approximately 3 weeks, I decided to watch a movie on a weekday. The movie I selected to watch came out in 2013. I have been wanting to watch this movie ever since a sequel was announced to the first. Today was a Common Core day, so I had the chance to watch the movie. The movie is called “Cloudy with a Chance of Meatballs 2”.
The movie viewing was pretty easy to set up. I drank a cup of milk and then got some orange soda and fruit snacks to consume throughout the movie. I sat on the chair in my room and watched the movie (about 1.5 hours) with a few breaks. I watched it by myself, which was fine. I think humans are creative people and we like to make new things. Animated movies are a good example of creativity and humor. The movie included so many puns that made the plot humorous. Humor can brighten my day even when I’m worried or stressed. I honestly think the first movie was better than its sequel. I’m not going to give away any spoilers (just in case anyone still hasn’t watched this movie from 2013).
I picked this movie because I thought “Cloudy with a Chance of Meatballs” had an interesting plot. I thought the sequel would have a catchy plot as well. The antagonist was easily identified within the first few minutes of the film. I don’t often watch movies (even in the summer), so this movie was one way to relax before “college application cramming” occurs. Humor and movies are taken for granted. Lots of entertainment is taken for granted. Entertainment is used to ease the pain of reality. It's at your disposal. Use it wisely.
I find your stance on movies very interesting. I love watching movies and the theatre experience. I find it's an easy way to connect with others especially because they can reveal emotions that would otherwise remain hidden.
The Cloudy with a Chance of Meatball movies are some of my favorite animated films. I love everything about them and I am surprised you thought the first one was better. The "punny" foodimals in the sequel completely sold me.
I hope that you will be able to watch MANY more movies in the future -- either to relax or connect with others.
Thanks Alena! I wish I had more time to watch movies. Movies can be relaxing or for a time of hanging out with others. Yes, there were many puns in CWCM2.
"AAAAAH! THERE'S A LEEK-IN-THE-BOAT!" - Flint
I've had similar experiences on watching movies. The number of times I've watched a movie in a movie theater is probably under 2 digits. Watching movies at home is just an overall much more pleasant experience; you get the comfort of your own home and there are usually no babies that ruin the experience with their cacophonous cries. You also get to bring your own food, and watch the movie anywhere in your house, in any position; complete freedom. And best of all, there are no people.
I agree that animated movies are good example of the creativity humor that people can create. Animation allows for settings and situations that are hard to replicate in real life and also allows for exaggerated facial expressions that are difficult for humans to enact. These aspects of animation provide a wider playing field for artists to show their creativity and humor. But I think that animated movies are more than just a showcase of the artist's creativity and humor. I think that animation's advantage of not being restricted by the boundaries of real life is most useful in inducing emotion and “the feels” of the audience. The way animation breaks the limitations of character expression allows for a stronger and deeper connection between the audience and the character. When the audience's investment in a character is really high, it's easy to induce emotion by providing an emotional scene that involves the character. This and an ending that provides a conclusive yet satisfactory end to the story is what makes many of us walk out of the movie theater (or the couch) with feel-good feeling.
Sorry for the late reply. I agree. We do walk out of the movie theater with a feel-good feeling by breaking the limitations of expression and expectations. Thanks for reading my blog!
Hi, Joshua. I love your experience you had. Knowing you since 9th grade, I didn’t know you only went to the movie theater four times. Just like you, I enjoy almost all movies. I really don’t have a movie I dislike or one I could say that is a bad one. Most of all, I agree that “entertainment is used to ease the pain of reality” and I love how it connects to how you spent your day. After college apps, lets go catch a movie together!
Sorry for the late reply. Thanks for reading my blog post. College apps are now over!
I have spent these past few years having less and less time to do this.
Whether it’s something as “mundane” as sitting by them and just talking, or going with them on amusement park rides until we’re sick, I love spending time with my friends. It’s always been a favorite pastime of mine to have a great time with friends; however we haven’t been doing it as much recently. “Well they’re there at school every day,” one may say, but it isn’t all that simple. To be truthful it isn’t that I can’t stop my other tasks to spend time with them or even bring them with me to where I want to go. But it’s always the little things that clinks and breaks the gear frame that is so elaborately put together. As a group of seniors now, I barely have time to spend time with my friends due to, if not my own, clubs, programs, classes, and college applications. And it’s sad that friends can’t even spend their senior year together doing fun things and having a blast. But I’m trying to convince everyone to go somewhere this Common Core Day.
Okay, update, it’s Common Core Day! Today I tried to get everyone to tag along , but after the UC/Private Essay Meeting everyone except me and another just left for specific reasons.
“I have to take my brother home today and I can’t leave him home today or else he’ll burn the house down.” “I have a dentist appointment.” “Eh, I don’t want to wait for you guys for an hour, I might as well go home and take a nap.” “Sorry! I have to go to practice!” “I have to go finish my project.”
See I told you it was hard! “Well!” I thought to myself, “I guess I can make do with one.” So after the meeting, my friend and I went to go eat ramen. It wasn’t much but we caught up on so many things that we weren’t able to talk about before. We laughed, we teased, we talked about our futures, and we talked about how life was up to now. Now I know it’s nothing “special”, but it’s better that what I’ve had in the last few months. My friends and I have barely had enough time to talk about the simple things in life due to the chaos that is senior life. And though it was just one person, just ONE! It was still really fun! I mean I don’t get a lot of fun as a senior and despite what others might think, this was a really eventful day.
It is the simple things in life that will stick out to you in the future. And in that light this one day will be a bright one in the future. I will enjoy and reminisce about these tiny things that I do in life for it was a glimmer in these essay-filled, homework-stacked times. After all, what is life is fueled by the power of the past, which allows you to advance towards the present and the future.
It good to see you finally take a breather—If I recall, you were way too busy for your own good last year; maintaining relationships should be just as important as schoolwork (my sister says networking is one of the most important aspects of college in her eyes). Even older acquaintances have helped me to some degree; Vickie has given me a lot of useful advise pertaining to the college process.
You're post sounds like most of the times I spend with friends, not because no one goes, but I enjoy the one on one time with other people. It lets them and yourself open up because you're both together and you can bring up many past things. I agree with your point where life does fuel on the past, and those lead to the present and the future. Something I quoted from a T.V show known as "Adventure Time", "Sucking at something is the first step to becoming sorta good at something!"
I really like how you made this day about catching up with your close friends. Although some of your friends were not able to make it, you still kept a positive attitude and had as much fun if all of your friends would have gone with you. I really want to have this type of my friends in the future as well!
Unlike most other high school kids, I rarely watch television (and almost never on weeknights). I love the variety of shows that the television offers. From live news to cooking show, it is just so fun to switch channels and see a wide variety of things without having to intentionally browse for something to watch like on YouTube. Watching television brings back of how I used to watch with my mom when I was in elementary school at night when we were waiting for dad to come home. Nowadays, with my own PC and lots of homework, I rarely bother going downstairs to watch TV unless there is a show on the DVR that I really want to watch (I strongly dislike ads and I am often too lazy to even fast forward to skip them. I mean computers do have ad blocks).
Well, I watched television tonight and it was quite interesting. Usually I only watch the shows I record on the DVR, but tonight I actually checked out what channels there are. Because my family switched to antenna TV from cable, a lot of channels I used to watched were gone. These channels were Military Channel (now called American Heroes Channel), Travel Channel (not as good as it used to be anyways), Food Network, etc. What I did notice were the variety of channels in different languages which I found really interesting. There were Chinese, Korean, Japanese, Arabic, Spanish, and more. It really makes you realize how diverse Los Angeles is.
Overall, I found this to be really relaxing and educational. At the same time, this assignment made me feel nostalgic. Not only does it remind me of my childhood as I previously mentioned, but it also reminds me of the days back when Lakers were the champions. Unfortunately, the Lakers doesn’t win anymore and I don’t have the television channels that broadcast their games. I also noticed how I keep paying attention to how they frame the camera when I was watching news and I’m guessing that’s because of APN. I really enjoyed this assignment. Also thank you Mr. Feraco for these fun blogs that really make us think.
I agree that watching television, especially those Saturday morning cartoons, brings back a lot of childhood memories. For me, watching the old Pokemon series reminds me of those carefree days where I'd spend a lot of my time training my pokemon or trying to complete the pokedex. I also noticed that you did a small comparison between television and the Internet. Although I'd have to say that the Internet is an overall superior form of entertainment because the content is chosen by the user, there are a couple of advantages to watching television. I've recently started to notice that the websites that I visit are pretty much limited to facebook and reddit. And even in reddit I only visit a few select subreddits. I guess what I'm trying to say is that because the Internet lets you choose the content you want, there are limitations on the variation of contents that you're able to discover. On the other hand, when watching TV, you can change the channel but not the show you're watching. Because of this, you are exposed to different shows that you haven't necessarily chosen to watch. But it was good that you were able to watch TV and appreciate it as a different medium of entertainment from the Internet.
Eat. Run. Study. Sleep. Repeat
Everyday for most of high school, I’ve constantly been going through the same old cycle over and over again. It rarely changes. Wake up at 6 am to do a 5-mile morning run, go to school, run another workout in the afternoon, get home (4:30 pm) and do homework, and then go to bed for six and a half hours just to repeat the cycle again. I’ve concentrated so much on running and academics that I don’t get to go out and have some fun here and there. I forgot how to live life.
“The woods are lovely dark and deep,
but I have promises to keep,
and miles to go before I sleep,
and miles to go before I sleep.”
Before I came to high school I still didn’t really socialize except at my church (Friday Night Fellowships and after service), at Scouting events, with my friends at school (from time to time), and on my precious computer clicking away to “construct additional pylons” (StarCraft 2). I didn’t really worry too much about the future. High school and college were far away into the future.
Now I rarely have time to go to my church’s Friday night fellowships or go on a campout with my Boy Scout Troop (although I really don’t like the mosquitoes…). I haven’t explored life much for the last couple years of my life (like to go out and have some fun hanging out with friends). I have a commitment to academics (so I can get the best education I possibly can), and to running (so I can become the best athlete that I possibly can and to redeem myself [see last blog]).
I’ve kept my eyes so focused on my future that I haven’t poked “my head up every once in a while and take a look around…”
Thanks to this blog (THANKS MR. FERACO), I now have to go do something (Just kidding, I love you Mr.Feraco!).
In all honesty I didn’t know what I should have done, I had to do read Out in the Great Alone (before I sleep), read Siddhartha (before I sleep), and blog (before I sleep).
What happened today, October 8th, 2015, reminded me of my old pre-high school days. I actually hung out with one of my oldest and closest friends, Joshua. Although I was technically thrusted into this situation (his mom and my mom wanted to plan our future Eagle Court of Honor), I’m glad that it happened.
My family (mom, brother, and I), and his family (Joshua and his mom), ended up eating Korean BBQ at the Young-Dong Tofu Restaurant (on Baldwin). It was like any other meal that I’ve had at that restaurant- good and tasty. But this time I had someone other than my family to enjoy it with.
At the beginning of the dinner my mom and Joshua’s mom would talk about school, eventually easing into what the meal was for- the Eagle Court of Honor planning. They kept asking Joshua and I what day we should have it, where we should have it (at church), and what we should eat. Joshua and I answered casually to the first two questions- before finals and graduation, and at the praise center (at our church). But when it got around to what we wanted to eat that day, we trolled our respective mothers. They talked about having Chinese and Thai food, while Joshua and I responded with the following food ideas instead: How about we have Dim Sum and hire people to walk around with their carts repeatedly shouting out “Ha-Gao” and “Seew-Mai”? How about we have Krispy Kreme Donuts instead of real food? A dessert only meal? How about we hire the Dim Sum people to push “jook” (Porridge in Cantonese) carts and only serve jook at our Court of Honor?
That last one was my personal favorite. Both of our mothers kept shooting it down and laughing when we always brought it up again. We stayed at that restaurant for two and a half hours (we even saw Edgar there- but he didn’t say hi to us). It was a long two and a half hours, but it was fun trolling with him.
Even after my dinner with him, we went a little farther down the street to get some desert, some Boba, at Boba Ave (It wasn’t that good… A lot of people smoking there). We hung out for another hour or so (while our mothers’ gossiped about another mom who constantly annoyed Joshua’s mom to tell her what Joshua’s standardized testing scores were) before we had to part ways.
Tonight definitely reminded me of the times I had before cross-country and hit high school. It was a night where I could just hang out and not think about what I needed to do next, or about my future (although the thoughts about this blog crept up from time to time), it was just a time where I could “poke my head up” and take a look around.
Eat. Run. Study. Sleep. That is me everyday, but I also include play during my day. Because I won't get boring on that. When I tried to study, I will watch some movie or play some game with my friend, I just want relax a little be. It's gonna be hard without game for me.
I’m glad you got that opportunity to do what you enjoy doing, hanging out with friends and family. From knowing you closely, I think you really need that time and I’m glad you got that break to stop your routine and just enjoy your time.
To have a conversation with my dad. It's been so long where he and I talk. Usually he returns around 8PM and he comes in, asks my brother and I if we ate and goes up to his room for the rest of the night. He usually spends that time with my step-mom and we don't see him in the mornings.
Though sometimes I have nothing to say and I feel as though I leave so much unsaid, I still want to hear his voice and to see him give me a little of his time. And today was that day.
He came earlier, at around 5PM. My brother and I were watching The Office and I brought up the idea to finally get a library card- I'd been asking for one for the last three months.
He agreed to take me and as he changed upstairs I began to tie my shoes. The voice in my head began to quickly doubt the promise of his words, there was so much he said that we would do, but it never happened. But today was different.
Since we live close by it was a short 10 minute walk. On our way I asked him to tell me about his life and if it was easy for him to make friends. His responses surprised me- like me he spent much of his youth alone. He said that of course there were people he talked to, but that like me he found it difficult to form bonds and connect.
The conflict began when he said that I didn't try hard enough. I told him that I do give it my all, but that I have a fear of people that I don't quite understand myself. He told me that it wasn't difficult, that people come and go. That from those people I can choose and that to make bonds with them I would have to wait until I was an adult- in my 20's.
I asked him again why not now, but he told me it was because I was too young, that I had only lived to 2 stages of my life- the 2 shortest at that. I was hurt and literally felt like crying because I felt hopeless. Even if I tried to talk to him about how I felt and got him to understand- it was impossible. He could not understand why I felt lonely. He saw things from his perspective and that's when I finally understood.
My dad could not do what I could- he couldn't see things through my eyes. Now, at that point I would have given up conversation, but I asked him why he thought this. He told me that in their 20's people start to make sense of their lives- their established, they reason differently and that I would just have to be patient. We ended at that point and finally got my library card. I proceeded to spend the next hour looking for books that I would take home.
On our walk back he talked on the phone with an old friend of his and I walked beside him- carrying my books and meditating on the conversation we had earlier.
Now the talk itself wasn't refreshing, but it opened my eyes. I wasn't healed and the barrier between us wasn't gone, but something was different. I could actually relate with my dad and his experience as a young man. I was able to see why he didn't worry as much as me. I was able to share a private moment and I told him my feelings. A spark of hope told me that maybe, just maybe I could create a bond with him- one that would be strong and one in which I felt that I wasn't just a part of his life, but an important aspect.
I know that as grow I older and as college approaches- that small string will slowly thin, but I want to hold onto it and make sure that it is sturdy enough to survive. I want to know that my dad and I are still 'together'- that even with the painful limits of our relationship, I can still exist in his thoughts and that he and I will continue to have our rare chats that seem light years away.
Hi Sofia, I really like your response. I can really relate on how difficult it is to bond with our parents. I think it's something definitely worth mentioning, even if the conversation didn't go well. I'm really glad you have that little hope in you, that you guys will eventually understand each other as you grow older. But I think the most important part is that you understood you guys saw different perspectives. I hope that both of you could see that, sometimes we just need to put each other in each other's shoes to see, feel, and understand what they're going through. I'm sure you'll be able to do that one day, both of you.
Good Morning Larissa,
I’m glad that enjoyed you my response and found it relatable. The conversation did not turn out how I would have liked, but like you mentioned we saw different perspectives and came to terms with it. I understand what you mean about understanding the other person, I also want to achieve that with my dad as much as possible, but I do not believe that we will understand each other completely.
I believe this because we are two different individuals- not only are we from different generations, but we have different forms of thinking, different experiences that have changed our perspectives. This is true for all people because just like Mr.Feraco has told us many times. we will never be able to know what another truly feels when they are happy- we are limited to the only thing we know, and that is our bodies and how we interpret not only our feelings,but theirs as well.
But I do not believe it is impossible to sympathize or to get a sense of the world through another’s eyes. This also does not mean that I will cease to try to understand something beyond my limits. I believe that this is the beauty of the relationships we build with the people around us. This is a means by which we go beyond ourselves and our desires. We learn to value and take into account the lives and perspectives of those around us.
Props to you for having the courage to talk to your dad and trying to revive the bond between you two. Relationships, especially with parents are hard; I know I wouldn't have had the courage to do what you did.
I know everything with your dad, and the friends you have now and the ones you will make in the future, will work out. It seems like you are an idealistic person, I am too, and I often imagine perfect scenarios in which I will instantly connect with someone I want to be friends with, or a situation will play out perfectly, etc. Life isn't what we imagine it to be though. And I've been trying to let go of my idealistic view of things, because usually nothing turns out the way I imagine it to be, and accept the way life is and learn to adapt to it.
Even if you didn't get the response from your dad that you would've liked, don't worry. Things will take time, and life may not work out as we want it to, but I hope that at the end of our lives we can see how everything fell into place.
Thank you so much for the positive words and the advice. I agree the being idealistic can be an achilles heel- we build our hopes to high sometimes or forget that people also respond differently than our ideals.
I am also learning to not expect anything or create scenarios that may not actually happen.
I appreciate your comment very much, it makes me happy to know that I can talk to my peers and learn about what they think and listen to the words of advice they have to offer.
In life we have many milestones. We have the first time we talk, go to school, graduate, and the most important to a high schooler who wants freedom is the driving test.
I have to say it procrastinated with my driving lessons. I pushed them back but during the summer I made them up and went to take my first test. The verdict? FAILED. The culprit? My nerves. It's amazing how sometimes the biggest obstacle is yourself.
Anyways, the driving test is mentioned because I am going to take the test again. I am nervous and hopeful at the same time. If I pass it will give me the freedom of branching out and explore than just staying holed up at home. At the moment I feel determined because I want to pass and prove to a complete stranger that I can drive. This passion I feel for it comes from many places.
My drive to pass comes from my failure. I was ready but I handled the situation badly. Moreover, the independence that I want can come from a license.
Good News! I passed!
I feel so accomplished.
I do not redeem myself often but it feels great to do so this time. My nerves were in check, ironically, as my driving test started. Ironic because it was pouring rain and it didn’t even deter me unlike my first examination. There was nothing wrong with the weather the other time…
Passing feels like a huge weight off of my shoulder. It is one less thing to worry about and I will soon have the option of transportation with a vehicle within my grasp. (Only if my mom would call the insurance company already…) It is almost as if a past mistake has erased itself. And it has to an extent. The lesson it taught me was do not let your own nerves get the best of you.
There is one “milestone” that I can check off my “To-do List” in life. If you already passed this milestone, good job. And if you haven’t, best of luck and DO NOT let your nerves get the best of you like they did with me.
Books. Something that has existed since the rise of ancient Egypt. In times of boredom, books were always a great tool to keep one entertained. In my childhood, books were a part of my life that I could not turn away from. It didn’t matter what kind of book it was, as long as I understood what the book was about. However, as time went on, technology slowly replaced books and reading was no longer important to me. Although I did read some series from time to time, I spent most of time either playing video games or watching a t.v. show. After reading about Mr. Feraco’s new blog assignment, I decided that instead of wasting time on other activities, I should start reading some books that I’ve never really had any time for. Starting with Inheritance from the Eragon Series.
As I flipped open the book, the familiar scent that I have not smelled in months came rushing through my nose. I took a small whiff and memories came flowing through me. I remembered that, when I was little, I would lay on my bed and attempt to stay up as late as I can just to finish the book that I’m currently reading. Slowly, my imagination took over and I felt as if I were transported to the magical world of Alagaesia. Dragons flew in the sky, Elves hidden in forests, and many other mythical creatures. However, all things must come to an end. As my mother yelled at me to go to sleep, I was pulled out of my imagination and dragged back into reality. As I slowly closed my eyes, I eagerly hope for tomorrow to come, so that I can return to the magical world of Alagaesia.
I am glad that you are reading instead of playing games or watching television. Reading books is something everyone should do once in every while. P.S. I also read the same book this week and finished it.
I love music. But, I’m swear that I’m different from you guys. I am sorry, if you are angry at me. I wanted to say that I may just not have a same perspective with.
When I was in Korea, my friends also loved music. But they focused on… nope, they just felt the melody, refrain, and they just watch the artists’ performances, choreographies and their faces, body shapes… and etc. Also I think that there is nothing special meaning in the lyrics. You know what? There is a famous Korean singer Lee, Seung-Gi. Around the same time, he released two songs. In English, one is “Will you marry me?”, and the other is “Let us far apart”. Isn’t it ridiculous? Most of the pieces are talking about LOVEs between Man and Woman those are coming across, meeting, romance, love affair, expectation,disappointment, pain, being far apart, another relationship of love, and garden-variety events, accidents, coincidences, and chances. And I won’t tell the truth of the world of K-POP here, but there are many fundamental problems such as money. I was disillusioned at this phenomenon. So, if you talk about K-POP songs, stars to me, well… I’m sorry that I am not interested in K-POP although I am Korean.
Of course, there are many alternative musics in K-POP, but I’m interested in others such as instrumental music. As I told you above, because of the meaninglessness of lyrics of K-POP, I have concentrated on feeling the feature that compose the melody and harmony, especially accompaniment and rhythm. Ultimately, I have tried to express in my way
I had learned playing the piano for many years. But, it was too hard to express detailed, sophisticated sound proficiently and skillfully. That time was also the time that I was disappointed at K-POP. One day, when I was a middle school student. the preacher of church that I was attended strated to teach me how to play the piano accompaniment. Thanks to her, as I served the worship, I researched the way that I express songs in my way, sense, and meaning with only hearing. I don’t need any music sheet. Nevertheless, I felt myself that my ability has grown every year.
It makes me crazy, fantastic. I needed only sense of hearing and ends of my ten fingertips. With my eyes closed, just listened to my sound. When I sank to the my sound, my soul drew breath only in that time. So, I’d love to play piano. But, the people wanted other songs, not mine.
My peers just asked me to play classical music when I told them I could play the piano. But I wasn’t interested in classical music, so they blamed me. After I showed my ability, they required to play K-POP. Well…I think that was not bad… Nevertheless I succeeded to play other Pop songs like “Lost Stars”. But I surely knew that it is hard to play classical music, rap music, heavy metal, electronic music with only hearing.
At that time, I felt my limit. I wanted to overcome the limit, I did have enough rest times to play the piano. So I less and less played the piano.
Lately, I restarted to play the piano. In my house and the performance art building, AHS. One day, I was there with Sam, one of my Korean friends. And I tried showing my performance, and he was surprised at me. He let me hear two of his music and I tried to perform, one of them, I succeed, but the problem was rap. In fact, I don’t mind my ability of presence. But the sound was so nervous.
Today, also I played the piano. My ability was rusty. But I hope exceed my past myself. And I will.
Hello fellow korean!! I completely relate to you in the fact that I do not like K-pop. I think it is shallow and depends mostly on visuals rather the music itself. However, there are some exceptions and it is fun to listen to. I hope you continue practicing piano so you can wow your peers!
With the mass amount of homework, tests and projects thrown at us in high school, can one actually go out or sit throughout dinner without thinking about finishing up homework or studying for a test? I know that me and my brother can’t. For the past month, me and my brother have been missing out quality time with the family. We have pushed away family gatherings and conversations with our parents on the dinner table. We only get to see our grandparents one day during the weekend and spend time with our parents three hours a day during weekdays. What happened to “cherish the moment” or the balance of school and family? At times, instead of asking how my parent’s day was, me and my brother talk about exclusive school related topics in which my mom and dad can’t really join in. I have realized that me and my brother stopped taking the time to chew our food and cherish the limited time we share with our family anymore. How lucky are we to sit in a table where every family member shows up to eat together and bond? We are seriously losing it.
Since I have realized me and my brother’s daily routine for the past month, I have decided to do something special on Common Core day on Thursday with the family. I have decided to treat them out to wherever they want to eat. I really owe it to them. Not only that, I miss family time as well. Before Thursday comes, I wanted to get everything out of the way so I can spend quality time out with the family. I changed up my habits this week by finishing my homework in my classes at school and ditching the hour nap to study for a test before six to be able to conversate and spend joyful moments with the family at the dinner table without worrying about schoolwork. It actually feels nice to sit down and chat with them. I really missed it. With the new change, I can feel the positive energy in the house and see the smiles on my parent’s faces more often. When they are happy, I am happy.
Before Thursday night flashes by, I wanted to make sure that I got everything out of my way so I can leave myself with lesser worries. I tried to finish all my homework and gave myself a deadline to finish everything before 6:30 p.m. on Thursday night. I accomplished my goal. With that, I was able to go out with my parents, grandparents, and my brother to Noodle World at Alhambra to enjoy some nice Vietnamese food while conversing about the places we are going to go this winter, my father’s new job, my brother’s new girlfriend and laugh at the derpy pictures of me and my brother on my dad’s phone. As we are enjoying the moment, time seems to fly by in a flash. Three hours there seemed like an hour. Good times passes by too quickly and I wish the night never ended. The feeling of being able to bond with the people we love and be outside of Arcadia makes me and my brother feel relaxed and comfy. I can tell by everyone’s faces that they all had a nice time and that they missed our presence. I really hope that we can live through more of these precious times together as a family with everyone's presence at the table both mentally and physically. Especially me and my brother.
As we grow older, we tend have less time for our family. The one’s closest to us. Days tend to pass by more quickly because majority of the time, we are occupied with something to do that keeps us busy which causes us to lose track of time. Time is so valuable and I wish that I can have more of it. We only have a certain amount of time in our hands; therefore, we should take advantage of it and do what we have to do while keeping our loved ones close to us and cherish every moments shared. I know for sure that this is something me and my brother have to improve on. In the end, are we really happy with who we are right now? The answer is no because we have to change ourselves and our bad habits to supply the respect and wants for others as well as for ourselves.
I like how you reflected on your past experiences with your family and how you wanted to change it for one night. You wanted to spend more time with the whole family. Time is short. Life is short. Time with family is dwindling as we move on to our next phase of life - college. I think you bring up a good point in your conclusion. Are we happy with who we are right now? Happiness is different with every individual. Do you think there’s a difference between happiness and content?
It has been nearly a half year since I’ve had the chance to indulge in what I love most; being able to settle down in the great outdoors and losing myself in a good book. Don’t get me wrong, it’s not from a lack of trying. I’ve made dozens of attempts yet somehow, life always gets in the way. Either my job, my homework, or just plain fatigue always find a way to devour what little time I have to spare.
I missed it. I missed the squish of grass between my toes. I missed the smell of ink that lingers upon paper even after days and weeks and years. I missed the feel of a page between my fingertips just before I reach the end of a chapter. I missed the rush I felt when I threw myself into an adventure and watched it unfold before me.
I don’t have to miss it anymore.
This weekend is a blessing. Whichever committee, council, or delegation that decided that three day weekends would be a thing should be awarded a medal of honor forged of solid gold. It still would not begin to describe the extent of my gratitude. With an extra day on hand, I finally found the time to lie down in the park and open up my own little bundle of joy.
The exhilaration was even more profound than I remembered. All the things that I hadn’t realized I craved were spread before me. The warmth of the sun sinking through me even under the tree shade, the sound of a breeze caressing the branches above, the rapid passage of time as my mind shuttled itself deep within the storyline. I was inside the fantasy, charging beside the rebels, marveling at the view from the palace, cringing from the rabid creatures that no one dared cross. As I toasted to our victory, the sun winked and dove beyond the horizon. I blinked at the sudden dark and silence. It’s true what they say. Time loses itself when you are lost within your own mind.
What I gained today is beyond what my words are capable of describing. It feels as if a long lost loved one was delivered straight into my waiting arms. My heart and mind are floating hand in hand in a cloud of delight and my soul is vibrating with elation. Reading is my passion. It is my first love and it will be my last. Words can survive the erosion of time and travel the expanse of universes. They are forever eternal. They are forever dependable. They are forever new and ancient.
They are forever yours and forever mine.
Your blog was very well written. This was a fun read because your use of imagery throughout this piece kept me captivated and made me wonder what you had to say next. I can relate to the difficulty you have of wanting and planning to do something, but not being able to actually do it. This happens a lot, especially when I want to do things with friends, who either don’t want to or can’t do the things I want to do. I loved your second paragraph. After reading it, I wanted to do just as it said. To be honest, I’m not a huge fan of reading and I sometimes find it difficult to read things I’m not interested in. But when I find something interesting, I can’t put the book down. Your blog highlights all the things I love about reading when I do find a book I enjoy.
Thank you for sharing!
Hi Erika, thanks for your comment!
I understand what you mean. Sometimes, it's just about finding the right book. I doubt anyone really likes having to read something that wasn't well written or was uninteresting. But when you find the right story, it just consumes your attention and is impossible to turn away from. We have to know what is going to happen! Sadly, not everyone shares this view, for some, reading is a pain no matter what. I will never understand how someone can feel that way. I'm glad that I've found someone new who can understand the value of a great story.
Ahh I miss making fun of you carrying around 2-3 books at a time at school… I’m glad you were able to read this week! I didn’t know reading for you though was such an experience. Whenever I read I find it a hassle, because I got lost in the black letters and I end up wasting time trying to get myself to finish it for whatever class I’m in. Maybe one day I’ll see books through your eye’s though, until then “Burn the books.”
Time to Paint the Town Rainbow
Like almost everyone on this planet, I’ve been wanting to forget about the pressures of daily life for a long time. Since I was young, I’ve known that the most effective way for me to relieve stress is to allow myself to be completely absorbed into the world of art, whether it be drawing, molding clay, or simply observing some unconventional art piece. There’s something about the feeling I get when my pencil strokes a piece of paper a million times and suddenly is able to bring an idea to life. It’s something I haven’t had the time to do for what feels like a millennium. Sure I’ve done a few art projects for school in the past years, but these assignments never gave me complete freedom to do as I wanted. They’ve also always had a strict due date, making the drawings rushed and very stressful to do. Finally I won’t have to worry about time, grades, or college. I will be completely isolated in my room without a care about the outside world, and I’m extremely excited.
Even though I have a passion for art, I have not set foot in the art class that I loved so dearly as a child in four years. There was a period of time between middle school and high school when I got sick for a long time and ended up pulling out of the class. Because it’s been ages since I’ve seen my art teacher and classmates, I plan on visiting them this Sunday (the classes are only in session on Sundays).
I decided to set aside three hours on October 8th to fully immerse myself in the colorful world that is art. Since it’s a Common Core day, I wouldn’t have to sacrifice too much time out of my schedule to make room for a relaxing afternoon of drawing.
Doors closed. Music cranked up. Sketchbook out. An array of art supplies laid out on the table in front of me. My heart beat had already surpassed the beat of the uptempo song I had just put on and I had yet to pick up my pencil. My sketchbook was new; my friend had given it to me for my birthday last year knowing my love of drawing and painting, but I never had enough time to actually use it. When I opened it to the first page and saw the pristine, white paper staring back at me, I immediately knew what I wanted to draw. I had already composed a picture two years back and had it roughly sketched on my whiteboard at home.
I was so stuck in my own world that I lost track of time and ended up spending approximately five hours with my face glued to my sketchbook. I’m still not completely finished with my drawing; I don’t know if I will ever be finished after spending so much time planning and altering it. After all, as Leonardo da Vinci said, “Art is never finished, only abandoned,” and I hope that I never get so busy that I completely desert the artwork that I made today. Even though the piece isn’t finished yet, I finally got to erase my rough sketch off my whiteboard after two years. One thing wiped off my to-do list.
Many times we believe that we’ll reserve time in the future to do the things we love to do. It seems that since we still have many decades of our lives to live, we have forever to do what we enjoy. But as the White Rabbit from Alice in Wonderland said, sometimes forever is just one second. Life passes by quickly, so we have to indulge every once in a while before it’s too late.
Oh wow! I have been friends with you for a while but I never knew that you were into art. I mean I knew you were into it but i didn’t know you were that passionate. As a friend, I am really glad that you have finally done something fun. I would be really glad if you do more of that in the future. It is really amazing how your interest is a good one. My interests have unhealthy sides to it. Art sounds really fun. I like how you used Alice in Wonderland reference. I agree with you because we should always indulge ourselves in something that we love to do because forever is just like one second. As a student myself, I totally understand your desire to just forget about all the stresses that we receive from the world. HAVE MORE FUN! Again, I am really glad that you can finally do something again after 4 years because of this blog. LOL
Hi Sarah! Thank you for replying to my post. I'm kind of surprised that you didn't know I'm into art. You should pay more attention (Just kidding ). I don't believe that your interests are unhealthy. As you said on your post, you enjoy going outdoors and listening to music, which I find is a very common source of happiness. It's actually rather healthy if you ask me; going outside and getting fresh air is great for the body... unless you're in China. Who has time for fun when there's work to be done? (Again, kidding. Kind of.) I'll try to make more time for the activities I enjoy now that I realize how limited our time is to live.
I bet Mr.Feraco won’t believe that it is a coincidence that we write about the same topic again. From personal statement to a blog comment, we’re stuck with the topic - art forever. You mentioned that you were sick for a long period of time both in freshman and sophomore year, so you had to quit your art class in order to get more rest. And actually, I’ve experienced a similar situation. When I was in sophomore, the teacher combination I had completely stressed me out. The amount of time I had during those days was not enough to finish all the work. In order to relieve some stress from the intense work, I first gave up my favorite art class and then my violin lesson. After we entered high school, there were much less art related projects to do. As a result, my art skill dramatically regressed. Same thing applied to my violin skill.
So during this 3.5 days of weekend, I was able to do what I’ve been loved to do, which was finishing up the poster project. Although the artwork was not really what I had planned in the beginning, I told myself I had done my best to accomplish it. On the other hand, I also pulled out time to practice my violin and trying to master some challenging techniques. Three days of long practices could not improve my skills much, but it did make me feel more confident to play out loud during school orchestra rehearsal.
Indeed, life passes by quickly. We don’t know if we can do all those things in the future, so we should always treasure time and the things we’re doing.
Hi Vivian! Thanks for replying to my post. What can I say? We're two very artistic people. I find it kind of sad that neither of us are planning on majoring in anything art related. We should really take up art classes again. I visited the art class I used to attend today and it was an amazing experience. I saw many of my old classmates and hugged my teacher who has taught me so much. Sadly I wasn't able to actually draw anything because I didn't pay ahead of time. I agree, life is short. Art classes would make life more *colorful*.
"So no one told you life was gonna be this way…"
This week, I visited New York. I dropped by a Manhattan apartment: a unique one, with purple walls, a French poster that doesn’t seem to belong there, and a gold frame surrounding the peephole.
I also stopped by the hip coffee place where you can see the same people hanging out on the iconic, orange couch. It’s the only place where you can listen to bad, yet creative music, and stay for the gossip (but not for the coffee).
Well, the reason why I visited New York is because I have 6 Friends whom I’ve never met; their names are Ross, Rachel, Joey, Chandler, Monica, and -- my favorite -- Phoebe. Yes, for this assignment, I watched Friends…
… but I didn’t just watch Friends; I connected with them.
“...Your job's a joke, you're broke, your love life's D.O.A. …”
Whether it was laughing at Chandler’s sarcasm, tearing up at the rise and fall of Ross and Rachel’s relationship, facepalming because of Joey’s “logic” (if any), smiling at Phoebe’s creative songs and her quirkiness, or relating to Monica’s competitive nature and her leadership, it felt wonderful to absorb myself into their world. I may sound like a Mental Geller right now, but it was the first time in practically forever that I had immersed myself into something so timeless.
“...It's like you're always stuck in second gear…”
I’ve never been through something so complicated like Ross and Rachel have endured (even though they were on a break), or lived on the streets like Phoebe, whose mother had committed suicide and whose father had abandoned her.
“...When it hasn't been your day, your week, your month, or even your year, but…”
It’s so great, nonetheless, how they can overcome those obstacles because of the support that they have with each other (Again, this might sound silly, but Friends helped cheer me up during my rough days).
“...I'll be there for you, when the rain starts to pour..."
I wasn't able to go anywhere physically, but I enjoyed being with Friends emotionally. Joey's "full sized aortic pump" makes up for his goofy intellect, and Monica's protective personality holds the group together.
"...I'll be there for you, like I've been there before..."
Wouldn’t it be great to just hang out at Central Perk every day with your closest friends? I know that's almost impossible unless you're retired, unemployed, or you don't give a damn; but Friends made it possible for me to experience just a little bit of that, and I think that’s what I needed this week, before my first competition with band, and my audition for the Tournament of Roses honor band.
“I’ll be there for you…”
No, I didn’t visit the Santa Monica boardwalk, or play catch with my dad, but I had fulfilled the task of doing what I wanted to do. It was simple, but having those 6 Friends by my side gave me the boost that I needed in order to power through. When I have time, I’ll be sure to hang out with them again.
“...’cause you’re there for me, too.”
Weaving the Friends theme into your blog post was both clever and amusing. Though I admittedly don't watch the show, from what my sister tells me, it's a great stresss-reliever. I'm glad you were able to resonate with the characters and enjoy yourself. It's sometimes hard to remember that something as simple as taking a step back and watching a sitcom for a while can be very fulfilling. Good on you for showing us that.
Hi Carmen! Your blog post made me so happy! I was singing along to the theme song. It’s awesome how you incorporated the song into your blog, and the “Joey's “full sized aortic pump”…” line actually made me laugh out loud. I completely understand what you mean when you say that Friends cheers you up when you’re going through rough times; I feel the exact same way. It’s great that you were able to watch Friends this week and that you got so much joy from it. Hopefully you’ll be able to take some time out of your schedule to watch more episodes soon. Maybe we can watch Friends together sometime and eat Chinese food, or “just food” as they call it in China. Okay that was a lame attempt. Good luck with band and your audition for the Tournament of Roses honor band (if you haven’t already auditioned).
P.S. Joey has some logic. His “moo point” phrase actually made a lot of sense in my opinion. Haha.
Yay another F.R.I.E.N.D.S fan! I totally agree on how this show has helped through rough times. Watching this show lets me forget me my worries for however long I want to watch it. The characters on this show have given me advice on certain situations as well. I hope you are always able to find something of value in this show no matter how many times you watch it.
If I was given a short period of time to do whatever I want, I would like to have a tour at E3 (Electronic Entertainment Expo) with my brothers. It’s only natural for video game fans like us to have such a desire. Video games are the main entertainment to help me relieve the stress of school everyday, and it’s also my number one hobby. However, my parents always view them as a distraction of our studies and never let us have a chance to visit any video game expo and other related activities or buy new gaming consoles. Therefore, I wish to have a visit to E3 by this rare opportunity.
The first thing I’m going to do at E3 is to check out the newest games for the Xbox One and PlayStation 4 because I have neither of those consoles. I’ve always wanted to play Halo, Minecraft, and GTA V since they came out on Xbox. Later, I want to take a look at the Nintendo section because I played their games throughout my childhood. I hope to see many people playing the new Super Smash Bros. game, and by chances to have an 8-player smash with fellow players. Even though I don’t have the newest video gaming consoles, I can still keep up with today’s franchises because I’m a genuinely passionate gamer. If possible, I really want to meet Mr. Sakurai and Mr. Miyamoto from Nintendo to thank them for giving me a wonderful childhood. This has always been a dream since I played the first SSB on Nintendo 64.
Every happy hour has its end, and this is no exception. My experience of E3 is really fulfilling and amazing. I’m really happy to have a chance to live without the restrictions in my life. This is like a gift from heaven, true freedom is the greatest treasure that means to me. I believe to live a happy life, one must first be released from the ball and chain of “sacrifices for a better future”, and enjoy every living moment of doing what he loves. Nothing’s better when a person can live by his own rules and no other regulations.
I completely know the feeling of relief that games give you. You lay your whole persona behind, while you become a whole different person while playing the games. You do not have any worries, instead, you know that you will succeed in the games with guarantee - but in real life, you do not know if you will succeed. That is the feeling I get when playing on either my Xbox 360 or the old Xbox (it still works). I hope that you will get those consoles and games that you wish you had, since I know what kind of joy those games provide. I don't want you to miss out on it for too long.
I am a fan of video games myself. It's understandable that your parents would think video games are a distraction and whatnot but it's a great stress reliever (especially GTA V, haha). I'm also looking forward to Halo V, though to be honest, I have not been a huge follower of Halo since Reach.
Going to E3 would be awesome, but I guess we're stuck with watching live streams of the event for now.
Tuesday October 6 2015
I’m not really sure what to expect for the future, but I know from experience that the best moments come when we least expect it. Although I am very aware that my birthday is tomorrow, I truly cannot predict how it will turn out. I’m very excited for tomorrow, however I feel a little ashamed wondering what people will do for this “special” day. Other than the obvious fact that you were born on this specific day, what makes birthdays so special? Will tomorrow make me feel more “special” than all the other 364 days of the year?
Wednesday October 7 2015
It’s my birthday!
Thursday October 8 2015
I feel such a warm and happy sensation in my heart. As I recount yesterday’s events, I’m trying to write down everything before I forget.
I woke up at my typical awakening time at 7 o’clock am. I remembering thinking, “Oh it’s my birthday.” Staring at the ceiling, I lifted up my arms and stared at my hands. I didn’t feel different or older, I just felt normal. I was immediately greeted with a warm hug and smile from my mom when I came down the stairs. “Happy birthday Natalie!” she exclaimed. My brother on the other hand indifferently looked at me and gave me an unexcited “happy birthday,” but oh well at least he remembered. During my car ride to school, my dad called me. He had just arrived at the LAX airport after two weeks working abroad. “Hello cheche*, happy birthday!” he said. My dad’s tone was of an unchanging composure, but I could feel him smiling on the other side of the line as he told me “happy birthday!” and that warmed my heart. He then asked me, “do you feel 18 yet?”
It was passing period between first and second period. I was utterly mentally exhausted after taking our histology practical test for human physiology. My head was swarming with images of simple cuboidal epithelium, pseudostratified columnar epithelium, and the like. I entered Mr.Feraco’s classroom and once more my heart lit up. I could see my best friend standing at my desk with balloons, an array of gifts, and the best of all, an amazing smile. I ran up to her and hugged her. If only a hug could really portray how happy and thankful I was for her. I sat down at my desk and for the next 54 minutes, just sat there in a happy daze admiring the handmade jar of notes and fabulously decorated letter. In the last sentence of her letter she wondered what the future would bring us. What will this year of being 18 bring me?
For the next 4 periods I received numerous “happy birthdays” and “bon anniversaries*” and “feliz anniversarios*” from strangers in the hallways, classmates, friends, and teachers. I guess it was pretty obvious it was my birthday as I wore a pink tiara and maneuvered the hallways with my balloons hitting the unfortunate person who choose to walk behind me. I remembered feeling so “special.” I arrived at my 6th period, or really my free period. I met up with my best friend once more and we talked the period away. She had brought me letters we had exchanged at the end of freshman year and the beginning of sophomore year: a variety of silly problems which had once been so important, crushes, ambitious hopes, and ideas. It was a systematic process of cringing, laughing, and then reminiscing. We looked at each other and I remember just feeling so happy and so blissful. My friend randomly asked me what my baby shower would be like. I quickly laughed and explained how we really shouldn’t be concerned with something like that at this point in time, but then deep down I realized, wow I’m technically a legal adult. Does turning 18 now make me different?
Later that day I was in my room drinking my Starbucks frappucino which I got for free since it was my birthday. My mom called to me and asked me to go to her room. I felt my chest tighten as I thought, “Oh my God, what did it do?” I entered the room and it was the opposite of my expectations. On the bed there was a neatly wrapped black bag with bright, pink tissue paper. I slowly sat on the bed, opened it as I was instructed, and inside there were two little jewelry boxes. I could feel my eyes start to water and my chest tighten, this time on the verge of overflowing emotion. I opened it, then I looked at both my parents with a smile, and I cried. I felt so loved and so special, not because of the gift, but because of the expression on my parent’s faces. I’d never seen this expression before and I didn’t really get it, but it just made me cry more. My mom placed the first necklace around my neck, it was a little gold cross with a crystal in the center, and then my dad handed me the next one which I placed around my neck, it was a gold, tear-drop shaped frame with a ruby in the middle. One was to remind me that God would always be with me and the second was to remind me that no matter what, my parents would always be with me. I cried, I cried a lot, and I can feel my eyes water as I write about this. I cried in the face of their overflowing and unparalleled love.
It was about 11 o’clock at night. I had just gotten off the phone with another one of my best friends who called me to wish me a happy birthday once more. My room was dark and I stared up at the ceiling recollecting the events of the day. Everything that happened may just seem like a long, rambling story, but as I sat there last night I felt so much more. I thought about all those questions I had encountered that day. Did I feel 18 yet? Not really, I would probably only feel 18 when I turned 19 a year from now. But what would happen during this entire following year? I’m not sure. I’m not sure at all. I’m actually very scared thinking about the future. But wait I’m an adult now, right? To be honest, me, an adult? Hah! Perhaps the fact of being 18 embodies the idea of reaching adulthood since being 18 gives off an impression of becoming more responsible like legally I am entitled and responsible for all of my actions. It never dawned on me that according to society, at the age of 18, everything flips to “adult.” Does becoming 18 make me feel anymore “special?” The answer is no.
As I gazed at the light peeking through my window I realized something that I had not noticed. Until earlier in the day I kept questioning what made my birthday so special. Who wouldn’t always want to feel special? If you were to analyze my day, there was nothing extraordinary. If you removed the balloons, the tiara, the fancy gifts, and the birthday wishes, it was nothing more than a regular day. Every day I go to the same classes, I have tests, I talk to my best friend, I get hugs from my parents, and I look up at the same ceiling when I wake up and when I go to sleep. Last night, it occurred to me that there is so much that I should be thankful for. I’m ashamed that such materialistic things were needed to make me realize how “special” I am already. Every day is a gift that I did not stop to acknowledge amid all the stresses of life. I just simply feel so happy to come to this realization and I am so thankful to those around me who contribute to this happiness. I don’t want to forget what’s important and I always want to remember this feeling. Everyday might not be the same and everyday might be challenging, but every day is nonetheless, special.
cheche- This word means big sister in Chinese, this is what my dad calls me. My brother on the other hand is called titi, which means little brother in Chinese. I am aware that these might not be the accurate spelling of the words, but this is how my family spells them.
Bon anniversaire- Happy birthday in French.
Feliz anniversario- Happy birthday in Portuguese.
I hope you had a wonderful birthday. I’m glad you and your family got to connect on your birthday. I like how you said “every day is a gift”. You pointed out how not all gifts have to be physical gifts. Your conclusion tied everything together well. I found it peculiar how being an adult does not make you feel special, but every day is special. Is every day special if it’s special every day?
I really enjoyed reading your blog about your Birthday- especially how it felt so special to you. I felt your enthusiasm and happiness you felt that day through all the love and care you got from your family and friends. It felt like it was my Birthday! Haha! As a Christian and a "family comes first" person, I liked the part where your parents gave you those 2 necklaces. I agree that that each day should feel special! Thanks for the pleasant read!
I'm a worrier. I worry about where I'm going to live in 4 years, I worry about every million wasted in government. I worry about the future.
Why? If I don't have a place in 4 years during college, will I be broke for most of my 20s? What happens when the economy collapses and we didn't prepare? Am I going to have any hair left by the end of this? What happens if we elect a president and we're worse off than we are now? What happens if the dollar loses value and I haven't switched to gold or foreign currency?
There are as many things to worry about as there are diet options for overweight women in their 30s. It's to the point of paralysis and I really don't want to be bald. Or broke.
While I can't just chant "Serenity Now" or do some cliché sitcom version of calming down (which tends to be going to an indoor shooting range) I still need to CALM DOWN.
At first, I did not think this was possible. The Trans Pacific Partnership is about to go through Congress--if it does, I'm going to mars. Donald Trump holding office, guys, Ted Cruz is from Canada, Hillary Clinton--the words to describe her tend to be 'no' and 'never in a million years' and there's a socialist trying to ruin America by turning it into Europe. Nope nope nope. It's time to panic guys--crap.
I can't just bash my head against my keyboard and convert everyone into Libertarians, but I can take a break from my mind--which can double as the Senate.
I took advantage of this Common Core day (which is illegal on so many levels) to just calm. down. and. be. normal.
I had lunch with a friend, watched a movie, shared crappy fried food after. It was normal. I didn't campaign. I didn't worry. I just did things normal people do.
But I don't want to be normal. I can't stand the thought of being normal. But this is what I wanted. I have been repressing this part of myself for so long--and I finally let go. I can breathe.
That moment was short lived because it reminded me of yoga and those people want free healthcare, and you can probably predict how all the calm just unravels.
However short this experience was, it still taught me a valuable lesson. If I want to be able to help others, preach to others, I must first be levelheaded and calm to get them through it. If I can't do that, all of my efforts would be in vain--and we can't let that happen...
Hm, you really do seem like you worry too much. I guess it's common that we worry about our own future and security at this age, although to be fair, a manager of IR at ATT once personally told me that this generation is probably all screwed.
You have to remember that on the other side, there's probably someone bashing his head at the thought of libertarians. While there are many groups out there that frustrate me, the rule of thumb is to try to not allow yourself to impose idealisms or be disappointed over those who don't meet your expectations, or you'll probably be living a stressed out life for the rest of time. There will always be people with different worldviews and values, no matter how convoluted or misled, and you shouldn't allow them to affect your enjoyment of life. Of course, you might also need to accept that some aspects of our own values might be misled, which is why it's always good to keep an open mind.
I think your's was fairly interesting as you don't commonly see someone with elements of right wing views (healthcare, free trade, etc.) in this school. While I do lean libertarian myself, I do feel that there are several issues with the ideology, involving some degree of hypocrisy, and it also runs from the left to right, meaning there could be elements of disagreement within the ideology.
I am very careful not to actually impose my ideas on others. The key word is: actually. And I’m not saying this lightly. Sure, I want everyone to be a Libertarian—but only in a Libertarian world can we have freedom to preach what one believes. And if I’m not mistaken, America started out as pretty Libertarian-ish. Whether you’re pro-this, that or the other thing, I want people to have that freedom.
I want people to have the right to speak their minds—no matter what it is or how much I disagree with it. But that’s becoming a problem because we have entered the “thought police” era. While it really hasn’t reached America yet, it’s definitely in Europe. Certain countries have recently banned free speech, if I’m not mistaken. You can go to jail if you ‘offend’ someone, and it doesn’t even have to be offensive. What worries me is that know that it’ll reach America and all of these freedoms we take for granted will be gone. Then no one will have that freedom and most everyone will be repressed.
I worry because this has happened; I don’t even need to give you examples.
The left and right want to institutionalize the public based on their personal beliefs. What separates me from being a Republican, which I was from age 9-14, is that I know people won’t live up to my ideals (it’s pretty delusional to believe that)—and that’s why my personal ideals aren’t part of my political platform. I’m Christian, but I still support freedom of religion—and there are a lot of religions, including Atheism. It’s actually against the Bible to force Christianity on someone—not a Republican! I would never force my ideals on someone. I wouldn’t force freedom on anyone either. I preach to the best of my ability.
If you re-read my post, you’ll see I mention political things as opinions. I mention them. And it’s supposed to sort of ‘offend’ someone. It’s supposed spark a debate and transfer of ideas! You can ask me why I don’t want the TPP to pass, or why I think Common Core is illegal. I never “If you don’t believe what I believe I think you’re stupid.” No one wants to debate that person. Yes, some Libertarians don’t agree with each other and what they say contradicts the LP. But that’s the beauty of it. There’s room to disagree whereas in other parties you’re demeaned and degraded for having an opposing view. (I can pull quotes)
Yes, LP isn’t perfect, but Left and Right isn’t working, anyone knows that. An actual change is greatly needed before we become Europe. I really, really, really don’t want to become Europe.
Well, I pretty glad to see that you're staunch on your political views while avoiding elements of dogma (plus, political knowledge is always good at this age before students become proper citizens at 18.) I think if you ever find yourself in a political debate with someone as you described, the goal wouldn't be to change the person you're debating, but instead the bystanders tuning into it.
I am so glad you decided to take a brake from all your worries. Sometimes worrying about what is going to happen can often cause stress and anxiety within a person. I know from personal experience that politics and the economy is a major part of your life and can often cause you to become stressed on the days to come. You showed me that even though politics is important to you, there has to be some days where you just have to focus on yourself and what is happening in your life. I can tell this essay really represents who you are as a person and is very personal.
I didn't have anything I really wanted to do that was within my power. But my friend invited me to go laser tag, so I went laser tagging.
I honestly don't think laser tagging would be much fun. I've gone airsofting before and the fact that airsofting is just simply more intense than laser tagging will likely deter my first laser tag experience. The demographics for people who laser tag are centered more towards kids, meaning that it will be safer and more kid-friendly. The reduced risk of injury and the low level of maturity required to participate will likely not fit me. Reduced risk of injury and realism in laser tagging will significantly lessen the amount of adrenaline induced, meaning that it won't be as intense and enjoyable as airsofting. Also, given the fact that I'm not very fond of kids for their immaturity, I'm not likely to appreciate being in a room with sever dozens of little kids running around wildly. Luckily, I will be completing this activity with a friend, making it a little bit easier for me to handle the number of kids. So hopefully it's won't be that bad.
To my pleasant surprise, there were no kids. Nice. However, we were unfortunate in that there was noone; the three of us were the only ones there. Regardless, we still proceeded with our plan and did some laser tag. First game was okay. It was fun at first but then the lack of people made it boring. Then we got some yogurt. Second game was no fun at all. Trying to shoot the same two people was repetitive and tiring. After game two, we busied ourselves with a couple of rounds of DDR and Street Fighter. When we noticed that there were several people who just got out of a game, we asked them and started our game three. This time it was fun, and this time it was us against two other teams. We got mercilessly wreaked.
But I enjoyed that. It reminded me of the foundation question that asked, “how do you face that which you cannot defeat?” And according to my own actions during the game, I would face it by trying harder. Humans have this thing called “hope” that transcends our rational thinking; it prompts us to disregard the impossible odds and exert all of our energy, focus, and attention to that one goal. Now, in the context of a game of laser tag, it's really not something that cool. But it's definitely relatable. Our team was horrible; it consisted of 3 people who had 20 minutes of experience in laser tag. On the other hand, the other teams seemed to know what they were doing; one team was even strategically yelling in Spanish for a method of communication that was undecipherable to us. The odds were clearly against us. But I did not give up. At that moment, I stupidly believed that three inexperienced and incompetent teens would be able to beat two teams of two adults that were clearly more experienced. And so we struggled and struggled and got last place. And at the end I realized that I was having fun.
The only thing to do in Arcadia is go to the mall or go to a SAT prep school. Whenever my friends and I hang out, we’re always struggling to find new things to do. It almost makes the idea of socializing burdensome since our choices are so limited. Instead of walking around aimlessly around the mall for a couple of hours and going home, I wanted to use this opportunity to do something new and exciting. However, considering it is still a weekday, there were certain limitations like distance or time. After thinking about it for a while, I decided to go laser tagging in Alhambra.
I didn’t want to do it alone, so I invited Ken from our class to go with me. I was a little surprised he agreed given how reserved he is, but I was glad he decided to join me. I’m not the most extroverted person in the word, but it’s nice having friends around when you’re trying something new. It helps ease the unfamiliarity of the situation into an activity you can have fun with people you know. When I first asked him, he was a little reluctant since he was told that laser tagging was boring by his friends. When he told me that, I also started having doubts about the activity we planned. However, we both never have actually gone laser tagging so I was determined to find out for myself.
Me, Ken, and his adorable little brother (who happens to be taller than me) were the only ones there when we got there. When the game first started, it was pretty exciting. You have to make your way through a maze while trying to sneak up on other players. The first few minutes were scary and exciting… After that it was kind of just following each other around and shooting aimlessly. Thankfully, each game is only about 10 minutes long so we finished up and went to get frozen yogurt so we could wait for other people to show up.
I don’t know how it’s possible, but it turned out neither of them have had frozen yogurt before. At the time, it was more interesting watching Ken’s little brother dig into his first spoonful of frozen yogurt too big for his mouth than it was laser tagging. When we finished, we walked back to ultrazone and played some arcade games while waiting for other people to join. After we failed some games of DDR and streetfighter, we noticed people coming out of the game room and asked to join them in their next game.
What I learned from this is that experiences really are about the people. Even laser tagging, which I thought was inherently fun, really depended on who you were playing with. The difference between playing just between us three and playing with other people was astronomical. We lost the game miserably, but we lost it while having fun. The other players kept us on our toes and made us work together trying to not to be such the easy targets we were. Even such a simple thing like getting frozen yogurt was made interesting by who I was with. Overall, I had an enjoyable experience, and although he claims he should have stayed home, I’m sure Ken had fun too.
I could relate to how the high school life can be pretty boring. There’s honestly nothing to do than what you mentioned: going to the mall and school work. It is pretty cool to see that you actually really changed it up by doing laser tag, which I never done before. I wished that you could have described the activity just a little bit more. I really wanted to know the rules of the game and how people win or lose in the game. This way I could probably have a better understanding of how it was exciting for you and your friends. Nevertheless, I think this was a wonderful experience that you shared, and it also has some interesting moments.
Period 1/ Myth & Sci-Fi
8 October 2015
I remember back in February of 2015, I was going to ride my bike, of course, to Chantry Flats. I chose February because I thought it would be cold, and if I were to ride up a mountain, I would be able to avoid bears since it’s winter. I have done this before, but it was at least 2 years ago when I reached the top. I really wanted to go up there again because the view was just magnificent, and it was something that I really like watching. I love watching the streets that are straight and parallel to the mountains, and the cars that are constantly driving below. It makes me feel as if everyone is doing their busy work, while I’m up on the mountains and enjoying the view from up above. It also makes me feel very proud of myself for riding along the tracks all the way to the top.
I didn’t need anyone to be with me along the trip at all. I think this kind of adventure should be explore by myself because I have the total control over time and how I want to spend my time riding and enjoying the trail without being rushed by a partner. The slope starts on Santa Anita close to where Highland Oaks Elementary School is, and it starts to get difficult as I pedal along. I start to struggle a little bit, and then I start to feel my back start to ache. I know this shouldn’t be a problem because I remember when I was in middle, my coach told us that the aching of running or exercising will go away once you keep on doing it. I kept pedaling and eventually the pain did go away and I am at the “starting point” because there is a gate that is locked after 6 p.m. as it said on the gate. I realize the slop actually gets less steep, which made it easier for me to concentrate on the road instead of myself on how I am tired and etc.
When I was half way along the road, my inner voice is telling me to quit, it seems as if I am getting tired of losing confidence about my ability on whether I am able to make this trip of not. However, I’ve been on this road 2 years ago and I tell myself that if I could do it 2 years ago then I should be able to do it now, so I kept on riding. Somehow it felt like I was with Dory in Finding Nemo, but instead her saying “just keep on swimming” it felt as if she was telling me “just keep on riding.” Eventually I got to the top, and I say the sign that wrote “Chantry Flats” on it. This is not the “finish line” for mountain bikers like me because there’s another 2.2 mile trail along the way to the very top of Chantry Flats. So I took a photo of myself (selfie) with the sign and moved on to the next destination. This trail is not only a little bit steep, but also not designed for road bikes because it has a lot of rocky terrains and bumps etc. Luckily, I have a front suspension mountain bike that could handle the terrain well enough. I rode my bike along the way, and I turned off my speaker so that I could hear any movements that might be some kind of wild animals around. After the long 2.2 mile ride without any animals around me, I got to the top and mother nature presented me with a spectacular view of Los Angeles. On the top, I was able to see almost everything: Arcadia, Temple City, Long Beach, Downtown LA, etc. I was so happy and delighted to be able to accomplish something that I’ve done 2 years ago. This made me feel very excited and I could not stop having a smile on my face. Then I took more photos of myself (selfies) on the top of the mountain with different angles and faces because I know once I go back home I will have to wait another year or so to go back to the top. After that was done, I start heading home.
Going back down is actually harder mainly because of the rocky terrain and some really hard to maneuver soft sand that might make me lose control of my bike and if not done correctly, I might even fall down the mountain, which I do not want to happen. I started my descent down the trail and putting one or two fingers on my brakes and the rest of my fingers on the handle bar. When the terrain is just about good and the slope is not steep, I will just let my bike’s momentum guide me down the trail without using my brakes. This makes feel so excited and happy, but also not forgetting to keep a high concentration on the road. There was two times where I almost lost control because of the soft sand that I mentioned earlier. Somehow I was able to gain back control from the difficult situations and make it down to the Chantry Flats sign. Then it was just normal downhill road that needs no explanation since it is pretty boring compared to the downhill trail.
Once I got home, I felt tired and sleepy, but at the same time felt accomplished. It was as if I was taking test and finishing it while getting a good grade afterwards. However, it didn’t make me feel really excited at the end because I know I’ve done it before and it shouldn’t be a big deal. This was without a doubt a fulfilling experience that I’ve had. It made me more confident about myself, and the goals I set for myself. It is also an experience that is very special because I did it all by myself without anyone else around me. This definitely wasn’t an end to my biking experience because I will have other goals that I will set for myself on biking in the near future.
I like your story! It is so detailed and descriptive that I could literally picture you putting all your efforts on riding in my mind. You said that riding your bike to the top of the mountain is what you want to do because you want to pick up the old habit and find the joy you have lost for a while. I had same feeling when I picked up my Rubik’s Cube after 2 years. Sometimes it’s harder to maintain what you have than to achieve what you don’t have. I also agree that the view of the cities is great! Thanks for your sharing.
I am the type of person that is grateful for the little things and enjoy doing them. Of course I would like to go out with my friends or family on a trip or on a little adventure to find somewhere to go eat, but i’m totally fine with staying at home relaxing, and having a deep intimate conversation with people that I could relate too. That to me is just as enjoyable as going to the beach with my friends. Just to be able to talk for hours about our past mistakes, present decisions, and future events in life. Talking about that just gives me a great feeling, like if I was rejuvenated or something.
I would love to do these things on a regular basis, but unfortunately not all of us are available at the same time. If it’s not school then it’s work, and if it’s not work then it’s a extra curricular activities and ect. Which is why we need to break away from reality from time to time, and just enjoy the world around us because we never know when it might be our time to go. With that being said we should take things for granted. I know we all have priorities and responsibilities to be fulfill, like studying for our next test and completing our collage apps. We should always cherish the moments we spend with family members and friends because we never know when it might be our last time seeing them.
Hello Eric. I agree that it is important to cherish every moment you have with someone; especially when our time here left in highschool is limited. Your blog has made me realize that pointless encounters and conversations could actually become something meaningful. Nice blog!!
Though so many graduates have played off senior year as the best time of your high school career, it’s still beginning to hit me that they were lying. They failed to specify that the best time of your high school career is second semester of senior year. Liars.
As such, my days have been filled with the monotony of AP classes and extracurriculars, now with the added challenge of college apps. Fun. With Gov Team and more leadership roles than ever before, senior year is shaping up to be the most stressful time of my high school career. It’s when we find out if the work we’ve put in over three years (or for some of us, more than that) will correlate to the type of success we want to have. Inevitably, some of us will be let down by what the college admissions lottery throws us. That unfortunate reality has now hit us, and that’s led to many of us seniors making up for lost time.
But this weekend, per your request, Mr. Feraco, I will spare some portion of my time to make room for something fun, as you say. I will cast aside my Gov, debate, mock trial, and academic responsibilities for two measly hours. And try my darnedest to enjoy myself at a carnival. No doubt, I’ll probably spend most of that time lamenting about how I could be spending that time being more productive. But take solace in the fact that at its core, without stress and impending deadlines, I’m partaking in what is supposed to be a fun activity.
Yes, it’s a little sad that even two hours of leisure is stressing me out. But I’m one of the kids who is trying to make up for lost time. Those of us who have spent the last three years working for this moment - pining for leadership positions, getting that 4.0 GPA, - are now reaping the benefits. I see how they’re exploring the city, finding good food, fun, and company and it makes the disparity even greater. I suppose now my only hope is to wait for December 15th and second semester to come.
Michael, I have never had good grades for as long as I can remember. I believe you think senior year is a lie because of how many AP classes you are taking and how less free time you have. I think you should take a weekend off, go out with your friends, see what they do. After all, it is the last year of high school and if we as seniors don't do stupid stuff now, we as seniors will never have a chance again. Relax and enjoy life for a couple days, wake up at 2 AM going to ur friends house call him and go out and get a midnight snack or something. Im sure you and your friends won't all go the same college so spend your time with them well so you wont regret it for the rest of your life.
Everyday I sit here, right here, waiting.
Waiting for something to happen;
for something to click.
That was my problem.
When I first read about the assignment, I was nervous. I never really go out, I never really do anything. I mean, sure I have a boyfriend and a few close friends.. But they are always busy. I'm always waiting for them.
I'm always waiting.
So I decided to travel by myself and i realized something that should have been quite obvious. I wasn't waiting for something to happen, I was waiting until I did something myself. So I took the train and rode on it until I got as far as the beach. Though this may sound dangerous being I'm just a 4'11 small girl, nothing happened.
I felt so alone.
As I walked down to the beach I slipped off my shoes and let my toes sink in the sand. I looked up and watched the waves crashing down and my feelings started building up.
I sat down and teared up.
I wasn't satisfied.
I watched all the people around me smile and play with one another with various sports ( volleyball, football, etc.) and enjoying the day to their fullest.
Why couldn't I be the same?
I was done spending my time there and I got back on the train and headed to Little Tokyo, the place I felt most home with.
I thought I would enjoy it.
I was wrong.
All my days waiting for people to come to me, waiting for something to happen. That's all I seemingly seem to be able to do. I can't go anywhere by myself, I depend on others too much
And in the end, I believe
maybe that's my one weakness.
Hopefully I can learn to be happy alone;
Hopefully I can learn to love myself.
What you have done show me that you are a brave person, I can hardly imagine myself to travel alone. You went on the train, went to beach, and little Tokyo all by yourself. This symbolized you have the ability to do challenge things by your own. Even though you might not think so, but in other’s eye, you are!
When I read your work I couldn’t help but to tear up a little bit. I could definitely see you poured your heart and soul into this piece. I think the reason for me tearing up was because I can relate to you. Like you I have my friends and I don’t go out much because of school and the fact that my friends are busy too. Because of this I too have to constantly wait for people, which makes me believe that I depend on people way too much. Hopefully the both of us can change that to were we don’t need to depend on so many people.
I just wanted to say you can and you will! About the last part, at least.
Your story made me sad. It was relatable. And I know it hurts even more when you go out on a limb to try and do something, expecting it to end in this marvelous, memorable, Great Gatsby type of way or just to be decent, AT LEAST, and you end up feeling nothing. Not having fun. Feeling like you've gained nothing from the experience, at least.
I don't know how the exact situations went down, but maybe you're thinking about it too much…I know that happens to me sometimes. We build up all these expectations in our head, as great as the Great Wall in China, and we cling onto them. So much.
And when they don't happen…when not even 25% of these expectations you've been waiting for, expecations you feel that you deserve so much, don't occur, it feels even worse. Like taking a bullet to the chest practically. It's like that heart drop feeling, you know?
I know not everything can always go our way. And for me, a lot of the times it doesn't. Which is why I've almost completely killed my expectations for everything. And I know that sounds sad, but just wait…
I used to create all these scenarios in my head that I'd want to happen, you know? And they'd never quite go down the way they did in my head, for various reasons. But, I realized that was a main source of my unhappiness.
So I stopped. It took forever. For me to finally do this, like really stop. But I finally did. And I'm a much happier person now because of it.
I think what I'm trying to say is I get how you feel. And if your friends are too busy for you all the time, and you're tired of waiting, then DON'T. You can't live your life waiting. For other people. For something magnificent to happen to make you want to be a better you. You just have to do it now. Do it, for you. You can still be a good, loyal friend if you have others. Tomorrow isn't promised. So I think you should just say how you feel, when you feel it. And always be yourself, unapologetically. And don't be down on yourself about what happened.
You tried. You made a genuine effort to do this assignment. And things didn't go your way, but at least you realized you can't keep waiting on people and you took action and did what you had to do. Not only for Feraco's assignment, but for yourself. That's something you should be proud of. And remember, you can always change your weaknesses and grow from them. I hope you do.
And again, you can be happy on your own and love yourself. I know you will.
But remember, these two go hand in hand together. You can't have one without the other. So remember to always just be you. No matter what other people think. Accept yourself and all your flaws, because we all have them. And don't be too hard on yourself. What you did, is something I would've probably never done and that's admirable.
For the past couple weeks, I felt trapped. Not in a physical sense, but I was trapped.
I don’t know if anyone else ever felt the same way I did. Every day was exactly the same: I’d come to school, sleep deprived, just to be swamped with more and more work but not enough time to finish everything. The cycle would repeat, and each day would be dedicated just to survival as I craved more and more for the weekend to come. What I really wanted was to escape. I wanted to escape the endless stream of despair. I actually wanted a moment where I could actually think and breathe and live my life without having to worry about the next day. I didn’t want to spend each moment thinking of how to scrape by in a minimalist way, just to fit in with everybody else.
Sometimes, I’d talk to myself to try to calm myself down and really assess the situation I was in. What I really needed was just a moment to myself. After a four hour rehearsal on Tuesday and Wednesday and a two hour rehearsal on Thursday, I finally came to my one free day. Friday. It feels like it’s been ages since I’ve gotten the chance to get away from the world but today was finally the day.
I wanted to watch the sun rise. As the sun peaked over the landscape in the distance, it seemed to flush out everything that it shattered over. The buildings watched in awe as the magnificent sun embraced the night sky with it’s warmth to last the rest of the day. I felt so weightless from my bedside, like all of the stress had finally been pulled off of my shoulders. The sun rose to greet my sorrows, and as the sun lifted, so did my spirits.
I only needed a few things for comfort today.
With a towel, a pillow, a drawing pad, pen and paper, and a cooler filled with cookie-butter sandwiches, I left to find my place of refuge. It happened to be in a vacant playground, shaded by an old oak tree. It was really quite beautiful because I felt so at peace. I finally was away from all of the stress and hardship that the average week brings, and I felt so, so happy. What I never really seemed to notice is how beautiful life was when you really took notice of it. I never really noticed how comforting it was to watch the clouds dance across the beautiful blue sky. It felt almost childish, but I would watch the clouds and try to make pictures out of them. As each one passed, I would document them as objects in my drawing pad until I had it completely filled with a random assortment of objects or animals.
I watched the clouds drift away slowly. Soon the blues of the sky turned a brilliant glow of gold and red, a shade of purple, and slowly slipped into the grays and darkness of the night sky. I watched as the stars started to shine through, one by one. The dim lights of each star slowly amassed until the sky was blanketed with a beautiful array of the universe itself. The complexion of each streak of light and each glow of color amazed me, and soon I had realized that I spent my whole day away from my worries in a place that I felt comfortable and worry-free.
Once I got home, I realized that I can’t spend every day out by the abandoned children’s playground. I realized that I can’t spend every day just trying to escape from my worries. I found that I wanted to face every day of hardship with a newfound faith.
Even in times of distress, it’s important to take a moment to relax and think to yourself. Even if you’re going through hell and back, after every rain there’s a rainbow, after every storm there’s a calm, after every night there’s a morning, and after every end is a new beginning.
While this is my first time actually commenting on your blog posts, I've read the other one's too, and I have to say every one thus far is wonderfully written!
I'm glad you got to enjoy some time with yourself, I think we all needed it..
I agree that it's hard to balance life and living and I think a lot of people have a hard time coping with reality and having a newfound faith to keep pushing through hard times.
Thanks for a great read! Life is a great thing, isn't it?
Thanks so much! I find it extremely easy to relate to your blogs as well. I think everybody should take their time to really enjoy life before it passes too quickly. I can remember being in like elementary school imagining how far away college was, but look where we are now! High school seniors! I hope everybody takes their time with life to really enjoy it before they run out of time to. I hope you had a good time with A! I'm glad you were able to spend quality time with him. I'm really glad to be able to enjoy life, and I hope everybody gives themselves that chance, too.
Am I happy with myself?
What do I do that makes me happy?
Not going to lie, it's been [bad] recently. I haven't had too much fun lately having to deal with my moody parents, a broken arm, a fever, my homework, list goes on and on. I guess it's just a period in my life where things are just challenging and I'm not sure how to work through it. I keep getting the feeling that things are only going to get worse and that this roller coaster of bad luck doesn't end. Lately all I've been up to that can be considered fun is laying on my bed hoping my false and delusional thoughts don't come true. I don't know where this life is going at all. I guess at the moment I'm not too happy with who I am right now.
It just sucks to be me.
Sorry I posted this a bit too late, I was sick the entire time Thursday and Friday.
Josh, I have known you since you joined the cross country team as a freshman, and I know your family situation was bad, but I never knew it was this rough. However, with the time I spent with you, I saw that you were tough, and strong willed. I am sorry that your life is seemingly at rock bottom at the moment, but I am also confident that the toughness I saw in you will help you pull through this period of sorrow. Once you do, I'm sure you'll be stronger than ever, with a better perspective of life. Also, don't be afraid of asking for help, whether it be from a teacher or a good friend; often times, a support crew of people who will bring you up when you are feeling down can greatly help you feel better.
Although what may seem like a terrible week for you, don’t ever give up hope nor lose your motivation towards a better future! The things happening now may stress you out a lot, but it will shape you in a stronger way for the better. It is a privilege to live, try to take advantage of it. (I am sure it does not suck to be you!) Your days will be better, goodluck!
Hang in there buddy! We all have had some bad moments in our life. It gets better in time trust me. Good luck!
Hang in there buddy! We all have had some bad moments in our life. It gets better in time trust me. Good luck!
What makes me happy? It makes me happy when I am at home doing nothing and just being myself. It doesn't make me happy when I go out and explore life. Something fun I would do this weekend is staying at home watching Netflix and eating potato chips. That is what I love doing and I do it almost every weekend.
Being home is so freeing. I can walk around half naked in my boxers and be free instead of fitting into uncomfortable pants and walking around talking to people. It is quite wonderful really doing nothing on the weekend.
Reflection: I did nothing yesterday and it was a blast!
Sorry for the late post, I was to busy doing nothing.
I love that information about what you do at home. You shouldn’t be confined in a pair of shorts or jeans. If it is something you love to do, JUST DO IT.
Your post was so relatable. I also like doing nothing, and I hate when people talk down to me for it. Not a lot of people would post about it with pride, they'd probably do something "adventurous" just for the sake of being able to say so.
Actually, That sounds very fun! I always like to enjoy my Saturday just staying at home and playing video games the whole day.
Ever since I was a child, music was irrigated to my whole body, which affect the way I talk, the way I perceive things. Music has changed me from head to foot, I can play Frederic Chopin’s Waltz and Etudes when I was 6 years old, music is deeply rooted in my live, I can’t live through one day without music, I need music to pacify my anxiety, I need music to free my concern.
I was thinking that someday I might become a great musician who eventually will be standing on the stage of the National Concert Hall and perform a well- composed symphony, beyond the expectation, 2 years ago, when I was playing a basketball competition, the score has been deadlocked for approximately 15 minutes, yes, it is a final round, which I knew I must win this game whatsoever, we keep testing each other, waiting a fatal error from the hostiles, while the game is about to ended, I rapidly pull the trigger, intend to gave one last shot, I knew none of my fellow can make it to playoff, as I jump shot, the defender of mine leap directly toward me, unfortunately, I hit the ground as hard as I thought I could have make a huge crack on the floor,instead of breaking the floor, I’ve broke my finger.
How stupid am I, how can I ever play the music again without a flexible fingers, wondering where is the sensation, where is that familiar rhythm. Music is my whole life, and now I’ve lost everything, I’ve spent my entire life on building that consummate talent and now it has gone, completely disappeared. How stupid am I?
It’s been awhile, since I’ve touched an instrument , specifically piano, but thanks to Mr. Feraco, for giving me this assignment, for giving me the opportunity to test my limit once again, I played the guitar this afternoon, without a doubt, It sounds totally horrible, it seems to be an embarrassment, yet I do enjoy it, I was fascinated with that certain vibration came out from the string, which has the same frequency with my heartbeat, regardless on which chord I was actually playing, that sound absolutely gorgeous to me, my brain told me that he’s real happy, he was finally resonated with that joy and accomplishment.
I agree with you, when I was in middle school. I listened music every time when I was boring. Music is part of life for most of us. Also music can let me relax and I always listen music when I was studying.
As I get older, I find that having fun becomes less valued. I am not judged by the amount of fun I have on a specific assignment; I am judged by the result of my completed assignment. If fun is not an aspect that other people judge us by then why is it an important aspect of living a healthy life? The difficulties and stresses of life are hard to handle and to cope with that I take a break by doing things that I enjoy. I have activities in my life that I truly love doing and on occasion I use that to forget about the normal everyday stresses of life. Many people do not know this but something I have grown to love is the world of the comic book universe. Every time I always leave a stack of comic books on my bed stand. Most of the time I do not have the time or the energy to read them but on occasion when I am really feeling in the mood, I expand my imagination by opening a comic.
This past Friday, my mom and I went to the comic book to restock on some comics. The lack of time I had has prevented me from getting a new set of comics. Before Friday it was a good 8 months since I have been into a comic book store. I was really excited to get back to the hobby I loved so dearly. As I took my first step into the store a grin grew on my face like never before. My eyes widened as I looked at the hundreds of comic books stacked on each and every shelf. I was like a kid in the candy store; it even took me half hour to find the books I wanted. As we left the comic store, I eagerly waited to get home so I can finally get back to the world of comics.
As the day came to an end, my mom and I arrived home. Without wasting any time, I dashed to my room holding a bag of comics on my side. I then jumped on my bed, grabbed a comic and started to read. As I was reading, all my worries and all my stresses seemed to vanish. The only thing I was concerned about was what was going to happen next. For that one moment in time, everything else that was happening in my life didn’t matter; the only thing that mattered at that specific point was each and every word and illustration in that book. When I am reading a comic it feels like I am in my own personal world where anything can happen. A world where imagination is always encouraged and where there is no such thing as impossible. Comic books are a way for me to momentarily escape to a world where everything is possible. My love for comic books is something that will always be with me and is something I can always use when life gets difficult.
I think it's great that you took time to rekindle your passion that is comic books. I agree, most of the things we used to do as kids we don't really do much anymore. But you chose a timeless hobby that you have the privilege of revisiting. I'm glad you took the time to revisit your hobby after 8 months. Even eight months ago, we were all different people, but it's great that you have a constant in your life, even though we fight like an old married couple about politics.
Thank Elizabeth for the comment yes we did argue about politics but we both have a need to express our beliefs which sort of makes alike in some ways.
Hey Sofia, I agree with you that you cannot experience happiness without sadness. But a thought just ran through my mind that might alter my whole definition of happiness, what if the statement that happiness does not exist without sadness is not necessarily true? Because you see, little babies smile and laugh a lot, and they’re probably too young to have experienced any misery other than hunger. How is it that they’re happy? Maybe it’s not experiencing sadness that makes them happy, what if its happiness that makes them happy. For example, love. Or maybe it’s a tickle. Or maybe even something bizarre that makes them laugh, kind of how comedians make their audiences laugh.
And when you say that happiness is a battle against ourselves, I think so too as I kind of mentioned it in the first sentence of the first sentence of the last paragraph. But I’m curious as to what you think of when you say that happiness is a battle against ourselves? Are you speaking of our minds and emotions? If so, then I see where you’re coming from. But I believe that pain, misfortunes, and everything bad all have an impact on our mind and emotions.
As for the weapons part, happiness is in vain as it is not permanent. But hope and optimism are a little different, you can hold on to those. Hope and optimism are useful as they help you cope with pain and misfortunes. Just because you’re not happy, doesn’t mean you have to be sad. And there is a correlation to happiness and purpose in life, but I believe that purpose is a reason while happiness is an emotion.
Thanks for repsonding!
When you talk about babies, I honestly can't provide a solid answer because like most people I don't have memories of when I was a newborn, but I can offer you my thoughts on happiness and what role it I believe it plays in babies lives.
From what I have seen and read I have come to the conclusion that babies feel everything we do, just that they don't know what it is that they exactly feel because they don't learn to characterize feelings until they are older.
A baby can feel lonely when it sees that its mom is missing, it can get scared when it is surrounded by unrecongizable faces. A baby can also get frustrated or even throw fits when it doesn't get what it wants- like to stay in the tub longer. These are all forms of misfortune and pain.
I believe that when we are born, like all living animals, we are born with the gift to feel. We don't learn to express what we feel through our body, that's almost natural, we learn to express it in words and definitions as we grow older.
I agree completely that our emotions and minds are impacted by the misfortunes and pain we suffer, but we can control the power of the impact. It is no simple feat at all, but we have the capacity provided with the help of others to decrease the effect it leaves behind.
I agree that just because you're not happy doesn't mean you're automatically sad, but I do not believe that hope and optimism are more different than happiness. You can also lose hope, suicide is such an example. Optimism can disappear as well, I have met people that do not believe there is any good in the world or reason to try in anything. Though they can fade, they can provide substance for a reason to live.
You say that reason is different than emotion. If I infere correctly, you are saying that emotions are fleeting, but reason stays. I think reason is just as fast and slow as emotions. Your reason to live, to do something, can change in any given time. Your reason to live is affected by your state of being and the situation you currently find yourself in.
Some people may not ever change their reason to live, but in the course of their lives they add or alter things in their reason(s)- it strays from the original thought so it cannot be any different than emotions. Well at least to me.
This weekend I am planning to do a lot of fun things and I am super excited to actually have a weekend of pure fun and no homework for once. I have 1 main event that I am particularly excited for and that is I'm going to the Griffith observatory. I absolutely love that place because I am a huge space nerd.
The observatory was very fun even though I have been there before. Every time j go it's like I have never been before and I am like a small child in a candy store and each different fact I learn about is a mouth watering piece of candy.
this weekend I was glad that I actually had time to have fun and not have to worry about what homework I had or what test I needed to study for . I believe that these kinds of weekends are needed to relax from a stressful week. I am very luck to have these kinds of weekends in my life and I hope that there are many more to come.
What I wanted to do was to finish up what I have been reading for the past month. My process of reading was slowed because of animes, homeworks and games. And I didn’t really want to know the ending because it had been great trilogy and I don’t want to end it. Now, I have read the last book, read the ending and satisfied that I did it. And now trying to find new books to read.
I think that I am happy with who I am right now. Though happiness is defined differently by everyone I think that in order to live a happy life you just have to accept everything around you. You have to accept the fact that you are who you are and be happy with that and I’ve learned to accept myself and things around me so I would consider myself happy with who I am. What’s the point in living your life if you aren’t happy with what you’re doing? If you’re not happy then do something else that does make you happy because I think happiness is one of the most important things in your life.
Everyone follows a daily routine in my opinion. You make plans and you know what you’re going to do in the future, you know you’re going to go to school monday through friday and I think that if you don’t find happiness and enjoyment within doing that your life would be very boring. You would be very sad and you wouldn’t be pleased with anything, to be honest I think you can be happy doing anything it’s just the perspective that you look at it from.
This weekend I don’t really have any plans to do anything but just like every other weekend I will probably enjoy it and have lots of fun because I get to relax and just be myself. I can be at home and do what I want to do. I’m probably going to spend this entire weekend just playing video games with my friends and I think that’s what I enjoy on my weekends. I get to do something that entertains me and spend time with my friends at the same time and I’m really grateful for having that. I’m not a person that asks for much, the little things can make me happier than anything and I think that’s why I enjoy life so much.
This assignment was quite a headscratcher for me. What exactly DO I want to do with my free time? I almost never have free time, with ice skating, studying, homework (some of which just doesn’t get done in time because of my schedule), an 80 mile round trip drive to school and back every day (I live in Orange County), and all the other various activities that come up every once in a while. It took me a while to think about what I wanted to do. I couldn’t do much, especially because I don’t know my area very well due of the recent move and I can’t exactly just drive to Arcadia/Pasadena to do something fun. After much thinking, I decided I would read a book. I chose one of my favorite books that I have discovered recently, The Martian, by Andy Weir. Although I have already read this book before, I honestly cannot wait to read it again. The thrill of the novel, along with the confusing, yet interesting, science aspects of it, combined with my love for space (yes, nerdy, I know) make it especially fun to read. Getting comfortable in a chair with a fun novel seemed to be exactly the break I’ve needed during this especially busy time of my life.
After sitting down and reading the novel (it took a while because, although it’s not an especially long book, I often stop to make sure I understand all the science-y aspects of it), I took a long sigh. It made me realize just how much of a break I needed to enjoy something I love to do. Although it was a simple activity, I did truly enjoy myself while reading something I loved. It makes me realize that I need to, every once in a while, indulge in setting aside time for doing something for myself. With the stress of college apps, homework, long drives, and ice skating always lurking in a corner, it feels nice to take time to enjoy the life I’ve been given. This is an especially stressful time in our lives, and this assignment has helped me realize that it doesn’t have to be all about work for setting up my future: I have to be aware that I need to live in the moment as well.
I totally agree with you. You basically just described the story of my life (aside from the ice-skating and what not). I almost never have any free-time to do the things that make me happy. Also, I think Andy Weir's The Martian is an awesome book too. I'm 3/4 done with it right now. Potatoes are pretty dope, by the way.
Happiness to me is something as unachievable as it is intangible. I can never reach it by myself, yet I can’t help but try everyday. So, to distract myself from the world of misery I currently dwell in, I tend to surround myself with the happiness of others. In other words, I freeload happiness from others, if that even makes any sense. To do this, I simply hang around people who usually aren’t Debbie Downers.
I am usually around people on a daily basis, but I don’t exactly interact with them. Communication and interaction is key in life, especially in activities that require teamwork. So, what better way to hang around people than in marching band? It requires a level of teamwork beyond that of science labs, spanish class skits, or orchestra. And, as a bonus, I have an abundance of friends and people I know there.
This weekend (even though i’m not supposed to wait that long), I participated in the first Arcadia marching band parade/field show competition. All I have to say is that it was fun. It provided me with an unforgettable first experience (aside from the inferno that was the Placentia parade), and I had lots of fun the whole day. I found a day’s worth of salvation from depression, and it was (hella) worth all the rehearsal hours.
In the end, I enjoyed myself this past Saturday. I got a much needed break from the stress of school, college apps, etc. Even though I was kinda forced to go this weekend, I look forward to my next marching band competition, or really just towards looking up every now and then.
I understand entirely about the happiness part. I try my hardest to make myself happy on my own but it never seems to work out. I always tend to distract myself with drawing and so on until someone talks to me, which is what seems to make me the happiest.
I'm glad your competition was fun though! its good to get a breathe of fresh air to get away from the stress of school
Yeah, Placentia was total hell. Thank goodness the parade got cancelled before we got too far into it. It was fun having the band walk back together (well, not really). By the way, good job at Rowland! I'm also looking forward to more competitions!
Happiness is very hard to come by nowadays, but I believe that I'm living a fairly good life at the moment. It is my senior year and although I am stressing over college applications and the last minute SAT scores, for some reason I am trying my best to balance both school business and time with my friends and family. I know that after high school, some of the friends I currently have will be gone and I most likely won't see them after all this is done.
That does make me a little sad and disappointed, but it is all the more reason I am working as hard as I can to finish off my high school career as strong as I can while creating the best memories with my friends so that I won't forget about them. The classes I am currently taking are not relatively hard, so I'm able to balance out time for fun and time for school pretty well.
I'm decently happy and satisfied with how I'm doing as of now, but I do hope to create more memories and finish off strong concerning school. Under this all, I can say I am living a happy life, but want to finish it off as an even better experience so that when I look back at high school, I will not have regretted a single thing.
This topic made me to reflect myself, and I did not remember any happy moment in my life. I have not been happy with who I am because I have a negative perspective and I had been alone. My parents was too busy to take care of me thus there was nothing to do after school. I used to take a nap or to play computer game, and those were my daily life. I think that I wasted my time to make me happy, but I know that it is not late to make me happy.
I am not absolutely happy with who I am because I sometimes get disappointed by my flaws. My perspectives made me more depressed and frustrated, however this topic made me to get another perspective. I think I can be happy through to fix my flaws, and I would be proud of myself. I re-defined the definition of happiness. Happiness is not grandiose, and we can find happiness in small things such as to be with someone, to do something we like.
I am planning to do something can make me developed and feel better. I am tired on my daily life and lots of stuffs such as friendship and homework. I need to take my own time to take care of me. I need to reflect myself and to work out for my health. I have to study for my future but I need to take of my feeling and to control my stress for my health.
This topic made me to reflect myself, and I did not remember any happy moment in my life. I have not been happy with who I am because I have a negative perspective and I had been alone. My parents was too busy to take care of me thus there was nothing to do after school. I used to take a nap or to play computer game, and those were my daily life. I think that I wasted my time to make me happy, but I know that it is not late to make me happy.
I am not absolutely happy with who I am because I sometimes get disappointed by my flaws. My perspectives made me more depressed and frustrated, however this topic made me to get another perspective. I think I can be happy through to fix my flaws, and I would be proud of myself. I re-defined the definition of happiness. Happiness is not grandiose, and we can find happiness in small things such as to be with someone, to do something we like.
I am planning to do something can make me developed and feel better. I am tired on my daily life and lots of stuffs such as friendship and homework. I need to take my own time to take care of me. I need to reflect myself and to work out for my health. I have to study for my future but I need to take of my feeling and to control my stress for my health.
I'm sorry to hear that, Juhun. But change your perspective. You realize it, and look, you're already through with the first step. You know what is wrong and you have the power to change that. Like take alcoholics or addicts for an example. Their family members/friends almost always want them to change and sober up. Drop the alc or the drugs. But it doesn't matter.
Because unless "they" want to change themselves, unless they realize they have a problem, they never will.
So for starters, let's see this as a positive thing. The fact that you realize and are aware of your "negative perspective" and your flaw-finding. I totally feel you. I understand. It's like you just want to be the best version of you you can possibly be, and in that, you find all your flaws and faults so easily and get mad and down over the slightest things. But I think you just need to remember that everybody has their flaws. Some just cover them up better than others. And we're human.
We're supposed to be flawed. If we weren't, I'd think there was something deeply wrong.
And I can relate to you having nothing to do after school or literally just doing the same, boring, routine things over again so much so that it makes your head want to explode from how mediocre your life has become. Because that was me when I first came here, Sophomore year. For many reasons.
But I think what you need to do is accept yourself. Flaws & all. Because we all have them. And then go out and make friends. Talk to people. Talk to everyone you see. And don't be afraid to speak your mind or say how you really feel. It's the only way to grow. Don't focus so much on working out as you do becoming a better, stronger person.
I'm not a very religious person but today I plan to start my morning off by praying to God and thanking him for a new day. I would tell all close family members that I love them because I rarely do it. Then i would call my dad and plan to spend the afternoon with my dad because I haven't seen him in years after be abandon my brothers and me . We would start off by going to eating lunch together. Since I haven't really had a real conversation with him i would start by asking him lots of questions. I would ask him what has been of his life all these years and why he left and just have a long conversation without anyone interrupting us.
Today I woke up late and prayed to god and thanked him for a brand new day. My mom was screaming at my brother and I because we didn't wake up early for school. I was late to school and as I got out of the car I intended to keep my word. I told my mom I loved her. After school, minimum day, I called my dad and he said he was working but that he could call me back in an hour so i decided to eat lunch with my friends. I then went home and he called back, he said he just got off of work but that we could have dinner together with my brothers. We went out to zens buffet. I really didn't know what to say to him and he didn't either, it was an awkward dinner and I was afraid to ask him because I didn't want to offend him in any way. I did not end up asking questions about the past but we did talk about your current life.
Some people believe they are the center of the world and they believe the world revolves around them. I use to think like that until eventually I learned that people around me are just like me, we think we are the best and the greatest. After I realized I am just another person, I wasn't sad, I was relived. I realized everyone around me are not robots, nor people under the mind control of an evil mastermind.
I was in an identity crisis. I didn't know what made me special or what made me stand out from others. Eventually I realized some of my talents and some of my unique features. I felt special again. Not because I was the center of the universe, but because I liked who I am and what I act like. I like myself and am very happy with who I am or what I do.
I Believe I've made many mistakes in the past but those mistakes should not stop me from being happy. I am who I am today because of those mistakes and choices and if I am happy with who I am, I am happy with all my previous choices and mistakes.
As teenagers we never really get the chance to sit down and relax. School consistently bombs us with work and college apps never helped anyone. When we do have free time, we constantly worry about what do we have due tomorrow, or what am I going to do when I see my friends later? We just don’t seem to have that time to relax anymore… For me, fishing is my way to relax and have fun, it is also great at consistently providing you false hope. So I decided why not go fishing for this blog, so I went out Friday to Santa Monica. I personally never went pier fishing before and my friend just never has fished before in his life. I would say this is one of the greatest patience testers, apart from waiting to get a package from a shady site in China.
We drove there and it got boring quite quickly. It was relaxing though. We were away from loud beach goers and boardwalk, but still close enough to hear the ocean create its music. I just sat there with my bait in the water just really enjoying the day, I haven’t done this in years. That Friday was a blessing, even though it would be more fun to wreak my friend with Jigglypuff, everyone needs a day off from life. Now although no fish was caught that day I would say the value of relaxation made it worth the time.
it was really nice reading your story! That does sound super relaxing, I love Santa Monica. I was just there this Sunday actually! I feel your pain & stress about school and all the work we're constantly bombarded with. But, think about it…We choose how we feel and what we think about. And I know it's hard not to think about the future, as it's so close and you just want to do the best you can, but you can choose not to worry so much. I mean don't let it get to you. The future will come, it's inevitable. But what use is stressing over it when it's not even here yet?? All you can do is try. Because if you try, whatever it is that you're trying, you can at least say you did. Know you did & not be hard on yourself because you did your best. Whether it was for that indiv. assignment or the best you could do at the moment because you were flooded with work from other classes not to mention your own problems that you had to deal with, probably alone. Just remember that you're not alone. We're all in this together! I feel so cheesy using that HSM line but it's true! Everything'll be all right. You got this Matt. Just be in the now. Live in the moment.
I know this may sound simple.
Like I could just..go home, and do this on my own and it’d be the exact same thing.
But it really isn’t, you see.
Because I miss my best friend.
I mean, maybe that person I loved long ago is gone but I know deep down she’s still the same. Still has the basis of that person I’ve known for 11 years.
But when I’m with her it’s like I’m more me, you know? And it’s literally the best feeling in the world. I feel like I understand many people, but not many people understand me...And she is one of the few that does. We just vibe with each another. We’re on the same intellectual/mental levels, we’ve had similar experiences and understand the depths of life and humanity and how to see things from different perspectives because we’ve been through so much and learned from it in the process. We both want to be therapists when we grow up.
And I just miss going on walks with her and feeling that warm, Glendale sun on my back. I know it’s the same sun but it’s different from Arcadia.
There’s just a different feeling to it, a different quality to it, you know? Seeing all the beautiful trees as they change from green to gold and admiring the gentle leaves as they fall to the floor while we walk and talk, discussing everything and anything; catching up on old friends and the 411 on everything.
It’s like nothing compares to it.
Yes, you can find similar things, or I can, that’ll temporarily feel like it, but it’ll never be the same. I mean sometimes it feels like it, and I know it’s because of that comfort and level of intimacy, (how long I’ve known her and the fact that she practically lived with me from how often she came over when I was a kid, and vice versa when I was in high school, still living in Glendale before I came here), but you can’t blame me for missing it.
It’s nice to feel comfortable and warm, and cared about it. To have that sense of familiarity and hear those silly jokes. To speak, and know that someone understands you, to know that they can relate and elaborate onto what you’re saying; to the point where you literally finish each other’s sentences because of the intellectual, thirsty for knowledge creatures you both are and the fact that you know each other so well. These conversations are important and so vital for growth. I mean you can still grow on your own, it’s just nice to have a companion. To have someone to talk to, that truly understands you on a deeper level than most. What I don’t get to do often is hang out with Maddy. Just explore and then come home to hear her sing and play the ukulele or read and discuss poetry together, watch Grey’s Anatomy. Eat goldfish and play with Nala (her dog,) AKA poushie poushie. Jump on her trampoline and blast music. I just miss that. I miss her presence. And I know that it’s always still there, within me, and that she’s just a phonecall or a FaceTime away, but there’s just something so different about being there with someone rather than communicating with them through technology. Like, if you’ve ever had a LDR. It’s harder than it looks because of the distance. Communication often gets muddled; scattered along the way and somewhat thrown out the window. It’s always better, different in person.
So I actually had plans last Thursday to go and do this or something like it but that didn’t end up happening. Although that didn’t happen, I can of course imagine what it would’ve felt like.
Calming. Peaceful. Nice. Because I’d feel more at one with myself.
Since I wasn’t able to do this I’m just going to go off another recent memory with her, at the Glendale vs. Arcadia football game a few weeks ago.
I mean the game wasn’t all that fun because there was like no one on our side besides parents and a few seniors it seemed like...So we sat there for awhile then made our way over to the Glendale side so I could catch up with old friends although hardly anyone (I knew, at least) was there as the game was on a Thursday. We won which was great! But-- back to the game. We didn’t get into any deep conversations or read poetry and just wonder and appreciate life like we would’ve if we were at her house, but we were able to catch up and that’s where we connected. Which is always a great feeling. Because who doesn’t want to be, to feel understood? It’s so necessary. I mean, imagine living in a world where everyone had completely opposite beliefs as you and no one ever understood or agreed with you or just took the time to understand at least? That would be terrible. To live a life so full of conflict and not nearly enough love or support. Overall, I loved this assignment. Even though I didn’t get to actually do it in the time frame, I think it’s great. It’s so relevant and important. Because we do all need to look up sometime. I know we’re all so busy these days, and it’s even harder to say on top of things with technology advancing the way it is and all, but it’s a good reminder. And it’s nice to take a little break from it all, because I know it can get so tiring! I think you just have to remember that you can do things and have fun with your friends, even on the weekdays. Just organize yourself, set reminders, do the things you have to do while still living; focusing on the now instead of having your head in the past or being too busy thinking about the future. And I know it’s hard, but there is a way. There’s always a way.
I think that we are satisfied with who we currently are individually, but both independently and together as a race, we should always strive for greater achievements. I think that we are each other's greatest motivators. We are in constant competition amongst our peers, siblings, friends, and strangers. In school, we are competing between both other students from our school as well as other students across the nation, to get into the college that we wish to attend. When we grow up and have jobs and careers, we will be competing with co workers to get promotions and an advance in pay. When we are retired, we will be competing with our fellow elders at the senior center in heated bingo games.
All of this constant competition that we will experience through life may be intimidating and frightening, but it in many cases is healthy, if not necessary when striving to be the best we can be. How motivated would you be to get good grades if you knew you had guaranteed acceptance into the college of your dreams? You would probably not be so focused academically, and pursue other hobbies or be involved with other things. In this scenario, you are not faced with competition, motivating you to achieve your greatest potential.
Though it may be stressful and cause a lot of headache, a little bit of competition is healthy is achieving your greatest possible success. You must have a goal, and work as hard as you can to achieve it. You can’t let petty people, stress, and drama get in the way because at the day, it is you working to fulfill your dreams. You only have one life to live and you might as well make it count!
What do I really want to do with my life?
Is it important to live a life that will make me happy?
To me, it is important that I live a life of great happiness. I want to live a life where I can enjoy everything that I do. I will face stress, I will face, worry, and I will face fear. No matter what happens, I still aim for a future that I will happy with. I love to travel. I just enjoy the feeling of it, especially when you’re travelling with somebody that you truly love. Just last week I went to Disneyland with my girlfriend. It was a magical moment, it really was. It just made me really happy and made me feel very secure. I felt like the life was forever to be happy. Time flew by so fast, I couldn’t take time to appreciate the beauty of every ride, restaurant, and store. It was like Mickey’s magic passed before my eyes can enjoy it for a brief moment.
For this trip we planned a week in advance. I was planning to take her to our school’s homecoming, but I decided I just wanted to spend a whole day with her and her only. We both agreed to go to Disneyland instead because we figured it would be a lot more exciting, and it was. October 3, 2015 was the day we went. The day we spent in a place with thrilling rides, overpriced foods, and long lines. We rode the best rides first. We spent most hours on Big Thunder Ranch Mountain, Indiana Jones Ride, and Space Mountain Ghost Galaxy. It was exciting to see Disneyland decorated with so many amusing decorations. They sped up Space Mountain, decorated the Haunted Mansion, and gave away candy. When the whole day was coming to close, Michelle and I watched the Disneyland parade on Main Street where we experienced the bright lights and remixed music. We left the park feeling great, but really missing what we did in the park. To this day, we both long to go to Disneyland during the Christmas season.
I regret not buying the famous turkey leg…
These moments in life help me view my life in a completely different perspective. I feel as if there is hope in everything I come across. I have no worries and I have no fear. I view life as one huge pocket of joy. I have the drive and motivation to make things better. These moments make me very optimistic. This all happened when I spent a whole day with somebody I truly love and care about. I want to thank her for making my trip something I can cherish.
Football. Nearly the whole world uses the same word or the same origin of the word or maybe even the same sound. Except for one country and one country only that always loves to changes things and make them different. The United States of America. The “well-known”, Soccer. Just for your information, the rest of the world call the sport they play here “American Football” what a disgrace, honestly.
Anyways, being born in a third-world country is, I think, one of the best things that happened in my life. Most first-world countries are similar to each other, yes of course, there are differences in culture. But, if you visited a third-world country before, you will know what I’m talking about when I say first-world countries are similar, because Egypt is soooo different. It is very different, to the extent, that I can’t just explain it on a blog. If you go by what Americans say, Egyptians “have no life,” that is to the American standards. In my opinion, Egyptians have more life than Americans because of the meaning they gave to their lives and what they do with it. What is better than coming home from school, drop off your backpack, leave home and meet up with friends to play football, soccer. We play all night. We don’t do any homework or study but surprisingly enough we manage to pass our classes.
It is very hard to be lost in a set routine as many of you have said in your blogs. There are no repeats of the same day in Egypt. But, speaking from personal experience, there are repeats here. I have lived 13 years in Egypt and 5 years in America, so far. The only common factor in our days in Egypt is Soccer.
Football is not just a sport.
It’s a lifestyle.
It’s a reason for living.
Football is life.
Football is my life.
It is very sad. It’s sad to know that I’m considered one of the best runners on the Arcadia Cross Country team, yet my motivation is going down and down as each day pass. When I started running, I thought my passion will transfer from soccer and go to running. That is how it was looking my first 3 years of High School. My junior year, I had a pretty good season individual-wise. Coming in as a senior, there were a lot of expectations from my coaches and teammates of me performing on much higher level than my junior year and be able to help the team get to State. That is not how it all went. We are still in mid season right now. I’m expected to me the second man of the team but my first two races of the season I finished as the 6th man. “It’s official, I’m quitting the team,” that was the text I sent to my day during a school day in September. I did not end up quitting the team but I wanted to at the time. I’m still running and I will still compete my hardest for my teammates but I lost all my motivation, I lost all my passion for running. I can confidently say that one day in the near future (in the next 5 years), I will hang up my cross country racing flats and put on my cleats to go back to soccer. I will go back to real football again, where my heart belongs. I don’t see myself running for the rest of my life but I see myself playing football, soccer, with my kids and for the rest of my life even if it is just kicking the ball in my backyard.
Twelve years of my life dedicated to one sports. All year, every second, every minute, living and breathing softball. I cannot full on play softball anymore sadly, I got injured and diagnosed with tendinitis in my elbow on my pitching arm which prevents me from being able to play without immense pain or the possibility of needing surgery. Honestly that never stopped me, I got diagnosed a couple years before I actually stopped playing but when my dad encouraged me to stop playing because he saw the pain that I was in I decided to fully stop. But with this assignment I think it is time to go and throw the ball around a bit with my favorite coach.
All twelve years of playing softball my father was my coach, mentor, and number one fan. He supported me even when I doubted myself and even when others doubted me. Through every road trip and tournament and practice and lesson he was there by my side. So for this I want to go out and play some softball with him again. He will never admit how much he misses all of our softball adventures because he does not want me to feel bad for not being able to play anymore. I still know he misses it, he does not need to say anything it is just the way he talks about our memories of the tournaments and adventures.
When we played softball again this week we gathered up some of the old team and just practiced and had fun. It felt like i used to and it felt amazing. I did not realize how much I missed softball until I got a taste of it again. Nothing felt different, I did not feel like I had not played in six months, I felt like I never stopped playing and I have never felt so right as I did in those two hours of practice. I needed to realization that I am not done with softball and softball is not done with me, it is not done with my dad either. I have not seen him so happy in months, he had one of the biggest smiles on his face during the practice and that made me so happy because this was my childhood, my life, I lived and breathed softball with my dad by my side every step of the way and I wish I had never given it up.
Most of us are constantly holding back on pursuing things that will actively make us happy- instead choosing to work now, save now, wait now for pleasurable things to bargain for later. We’re overestimating the happiness that we can actually have in the future and we don’t allow ourselves to have it. Honestly, I’m tired of waiting. I decided I wanted to dip into something promised for the future and experience it now. I wanted to spend instead of always holding back. After all, nothing about the future is guaranteed (except death and some other things that only give all the more reason to live).
My close friends and I have been planning a trip to Japan for a couple years now. We decided to go after graduation, and have been saving up money and finding ways to keep the cost down once we are there. I’m seriously anticipating this trip, but even with all the smallest details planned out, it sometimes doesn’t feel guaranteed or grounded in reality, as any number of things could go wrong. I mean, four kids planning to go out 5,000 miles, overseas, on their own money, right before college? Even with a few years of solid reinforcement and a lot of effort, I still can’t manage to wrap my head around it- it sounds impossible, too good to be true. Most of this money-saving is having a toll on our hangouts as well. We’re now always cooped up inside rather than risking wasting our savings, and while it’s still fun as ever, we could be doing more.
So in an effort to be more present-geared we decided to go shopping during the long weekend, and get some coffee and walk around. I felt like spending a bit. We chose Old Town Pasadena because it was close but different, and outside as well. It was pretty simple but still special and not something we did often.
Actually, we gave up on shopping in under an hour, and shared our coffees. We then wandered to a park, sat on the edge of a theatre and talked. Not about the trip, no solid future plans, just vague wishful thinking and a bit about the present. We talked until the sun went down and the people surrounding us started to shift. I think we spent $9 total. I didn’t mind, I guess it wasn’t money I was itching to spend. I felt more at home lying on cold cement between my two friends, in a park full of homeless people and breathing the smell of gasoline than I had in a long time.
Before the call:
Since my mom and dad has been divorced every since I was 3 years old, I barely have any memories of him. He comes home once in awhile just to visit us, but soon goes back to China to continue his work in the movie industry. It has been about 3 years now since I last saw him and talked with him. What I want to do for a long time now is to finally have the courage to call him up, ask him how he’s doing, and just talk with him like a normal son and father would. There are many things I’m excited for and afraid of. I want to know how he's doing, and how is his work doing, when is the next time he’s gonna come home, but I’m afraid of what he thinks of me, I want to know the real reason why my mom and him divorced because I know a simple long distance work doesn’t just end marriages. There are many things I want to know, and thanks to this assignment I’m able to grab up some courage to finally make a call. I wonder if he is even going to answer the phone.
After the call:
The call was really short, it was only 5 minutes and 34 seconds when it ended. I was lucky, he just came home to grab something he forgot when I called him. When he picked up I knew it was his voice, deep, smooth, like a bass singer’s voice. I said, “hey dad,” it’s been about 3 year since I said that, so it was a bit uncomfortable. I was surprised he recognized my voice, because he knew it was me and not my brother. I asked him how he’s doing, how is the movies doing. Everything was pretty good for him, he says he is really busy trying to get a big project done. It was a short conversation, but it sure did feel like a normal son and father conversation. In the end I still didn’t have the courage to ask when he is coming home, and the real reason why they divorced. I’ll save those questions for next time, because I am satisfied just with this short conversation, a conversation that probably won't happen again for a long time.
When I was a kid I used to love going to the beach just to watch the sunset. I was never really a getting into the salty water kid. But I was a sunset one. My parents used to bring us to the beach on weekends just for sunsets because it forced us to go outside and it didn’t really take a lot of time for the sun to go down (even though it was beautiful enough to make it seem like forever). I love the way it made me feel, like I had more time to appreciate it and less impatience. I’m pretty sure we’re wired to feel safe in a gentle glow of fire. The light of the setting sun casts a gentle warm glow on us and everything around us. For a moment everyone is just in awe of it’s beauty.
It is also like a page turning in your life. Ending a chapter with this beautiful view and getting ready to start a new one the next day. We can put the troubles if that day behind us and move on, maybe even get some sleep. I’m not really an artsy kind of person, but the sky becomes this beautiful rosy, orange, blue, and yellow canvas that looks like something unreal. Sunsets provide an easy way to combine meditation with the appreciation of natural beauty. All the colors are mixing together and it makes me just want to cry out of happiness.
The last time I watched the sunset was 2 years ago. Since then, my mom has had another baby and my parents have been juggling work, my sister, and us. My brother and I try to bother them as little as possible so that they have more time for Anita (my sister) and we don’t really ask them to take us anywhere anymore. If we need to go somewhere we ask our friends, we walk, or we take the bus. If it were up to me I would go see the sunset everyday. Hopefully, when I get my license my parents will let me go to the beach and one day take my little sister so that I can share the beauty of nature with her.
Unfortunately I did not go to the beach for this assignment. I wish I did because then I would have more ideas and emotions to write a great feed back response.
“Life isn't about finding yourself. Life is about creating yourself.”
― George Bernard Shaw
Life is what makes you of who you are, not by the people who shape it. Defining happiness can seem as elusive as achieving it. Staying happy is another thing, you can’t let raw emotions of sadness conquer it. We all want to be happy, it’s an abiding feeling when you live in perfect harmony. It’s always there in your heart, you just to need to express that happiness within your soul. So, venture out into the world we call “Earth” and see what outcomes with the happiness and determination you carry. Let nothing stand in your way that repels you into the cruelty of darkness.
During my time in leisure, I do a lot of drawing and sketches. It’s a hobby I do that I feel passionate about doing what I do best. Occasionally whenever Mr. Feraco gives out drawing assignments, I quickly grab that position since my group nominates me to be the drawer. But I do more things than just draw. Like swimming during the weekends, and go volunteer animal shelters. Doing more is better than just doing less. It always keeps the flow moving that way you never stop.
Having this “happiness” in my life is satisfying of the way it's given. I always enjoy finding new things to do. Discovering new things in life gives a true meaning of more potentials. Time will never stop, it will always keep rolling before you know it. Happiness is not a one time use, it will always remain within you. You need to breach it from it’s cryostasis stage. That way, you can have this happiness orbit around your life.
One thing that I really want to do it take a couple of my friends and day-trip up to Big Sur. I just want to stand on top of one of those sea cliffs and look out at the vast ocean and see that life isn’t just the land we stand on but rather where we go and what we experience. I’ve been longing to travel up to Big Sur since my dad said he would take me when I was thirteen, five years later I’m still waiting and I now know I have to take matters into my own hands if I want something done. However I don’t want to go alone I’ve been promised a company by my dad which I don’t think I would want on this trip any more, so I want to go with some of my “bros” so to speak and have an adventure together. Something that we will all remember and will hopefully tell your kids one day.
The thing that totally sucks though is that i'm doing this Blog late and won't actually have the time to seize this dream in next few days. Meaning I won't be able to reflect on a possible awesome adventure. So instead I plan to go and hang out with some of my close friends and just talk, have some fun. I know finals are right around the corner but you know homework will always be at home waiting for you, your friends not so much. They won’t just sit idle and wait for you to do something, trust me I speak form experience.
Well hung out with the friends today, in the end it was just three of us but it was so relaxing something I haven't felt since coming back from winter break. Well we first studied a couple hours in the library first of course you know... finals... greatest invention ever made but afterward we straight up drove up to the top of baldwin and sat in the back of my car and just talked. We said what we plan to do when we got out for summer where we hope to get accepted and prayed together that we pass all our classes. It was pretty awesome, I don't know if the Big Sur trip will be even cooler because come on now I have to do I’m a little too excited not to, but I’m glad I hung out with my friends and talked about something other than how crazy school has been even though we still touched base on that. Sorry to reiterate but it was fun and I would like to say thanks Feraco pretty cool assignment.
I'm gonna take you back Mr. feraco. I intend to show you all for which you wanted to know from my new experience, but in order to do that I want to talk about what transpired this summer instead.
As a young junior, on JV baseball I constantly contemplated whether I had any value to this team. Do not get me wrong I had an amazing year, but again on JV. I decided for myself that there was more out there for me. I was blessed with this six foot, two hundred pound body and I wasn't going to waste it all for one sport. I decided to take up football.
The decision wasn't bang bang, it was hard. It took lots of days and nights. Constant back and forth reasoning between me, myself and I. I decided to give it a shot. It would have killed me later on if I didn't, I just knew it would.
I started my summer out of shape. Now I have some chub right now don't get me wrong, but I'll tell you I have grown so much in strength, speed, and stamina since. I had no clue what I had ahead of me. I actually injured my back in the middle of the summer and coaches began to question whether I was going to be a flake or not.
They didn't know me, they didn't know what to expect.
With constant rehab, I got myself back to 100% and further. I pushed myself to the limit.
The switch from baseball to football was a hell of a fight. I contemplated quoting everyday to be honest, even though I knew that I wouldn't. I hated people like that and I wasn't about to become a hypocrite. Not anytime soon anyway.
As things began to unfurl, a coach who had told other coaches about me never lost his faith in my natural ability. I will never forget him for that. I'll tell you the truth I didn't think I had the ability yet, once we got into the pads.
I was scared for my life! Nevertheless I tried my hardest even though even the smallest of things felt like hell.
The first day we had helmets, my neck felt like someone was constantly pouring glasses of icy hot on it. I almost cried the first week of helmets and pads. I was getting smashed. I was getting outwitted. My footwork was atrocious.
No I didn't suck I was new!
But I wasn't good.
I needed confidence!
Once the last few weeks before the season came upon us. I was still sitting in the back seat. I didn't know if my time here was going to be wasted, but I did know I wasn't going to let anyone think that I couldn't finish my plate. I'm going to eat every damn last bite and lick the plate clean. I was going to win that starter's position or I was going to regret not trying harder.
The last week before the season opener came around and go figure, coach gives me the job as well as some simple directions, “don't f*** up”.
I understood the message. It was pretty self explanatory. I planned on making him proud along with myself.
I can tell you for a fact that I wasn't heavily favored nor was I expected to do much. Nobody, but my mother and 2 coaches out of 15 expected me to do great.
As stubborn as I am, when those lights turned on, nobody was going to stop me from hurting someone every play. That sounds wrong, but when I got in there I felt like a bull in a pen. You didn't want to get near me. I was amazing. I was so proud of myself.
Fast forward 12 weeks later, the season’s over and I ended up on first team all pacific league defense.
It was my first year!!!! It has been an amazing one too, all around even with its ups and downs. Thanks for reading this. I know it's late, but I sure as hell know you enjoyed it.
Only users who are logged in may leave comments on this blog. Please follow the link below in order to log in.
Click here to log in